Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (1,977)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
  • 101
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978545
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and mangement series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on cross-cultural marketing
    Keywords: Internationales Marketing ; Kulturelle Identität ; Welt ; Export marketing ; International business enterprises ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Jean-Claude Usunier -- 1 Introduction to the handbook on cross-cultural marketing / Glen H. Brodowsky -- Part I: Cross-cultural marketing themes and theories -- 2 cross-cultural marketing insights / Camille P. Schuster -- 3 glocalization: Companies' search for the right balance between globalization and localization / Svend Hollensen -- 4 the country image literature: Intellectual basis and future research directions / Saeed Samiee and Brian R. Chabowski -- Part II: Methodological challenges of cross-cultural marketing research -- 5 cross-cultural market and marketing research / Michael R. Czinkota and Camille P. Schuster -- 6 methodological issues in cross-cultural research: Establishing equivalence / V. Kumar -- Part III: Applied cross-cultural marketing research -- 7 consumers' perceptions and attitudes toward product placements: Exploring similarities and differences between Finland and the United States / Siva K. Balasubramanian, Deepa Pillai, Giacomo Gistri, Nadia I. Sabour and Hemant Patwardhan -- 8 global luxury brands: Researching cross-cultural differences in motivations to consume / Annie Peng Cui, Christopher A. Nelson and Alexis Yim -- 9 intra-national cultural differences in thinking styles and the importance of technological product attributes for brand perceptions / Kelly Hewett and Helena F. Allman -- 10 partnerships in cross-cultural marketing and retail internationalization: Research propositions / Fatima Wang and Pervez Ghauri -- 11 to the big go the spoils: Empirical evidence of the advantages of large players in global and local markets / Maxwell Winchester and Tiffany Winchester -- 12 family-owned businesses in the global marketplace: A taxonomy for generational evolution and directions for future research / Phil Harris and Ozlem Ozdemir -- 13 the impact of indigenous administrative norms on cross-cultural research: Leveraging smartphone platforms to reduce potential bias threats / Eric S. Rhodes -- Part IV: New paradigms and future research -- 14 marketing research across cultures / Fons Trompenaars and Peter Woolliams -- 15 advances in methods and theory for research in international business negotiations / John L. Graham -- 16 future directions of cross-cultural marketing research / Jagdish N. Sheth and Atul Parvatiyar -- 17 the future is now / Glen H. Brodowsky -- Index.
    Abstract: "Disillusionment with globalization, along with a rise in nationalist sentiment, may lead one to ask whether cross-cultural or international research will be necessary in the coming years and, if it is, what form it will take. While all international marketing is cross-cultural, not all cross-cultural marketing is international. Cultures are defined as groups of people who share a common language, set of norms, institutions, beliefs and values. There are many ways such groups can be defined - only one of which is country. Regardless of the definition parameters, one thing remains clear: cross-cultural marketing is a broad topic in today's technological, always-connected world. This Handbook suggests future directions for cross-cultural marketing research in a rapidly evolving global environment. It builds upon existing models and topics and addresses the methodological challenges of cross-cultural research and provides applied examples spanning various methodologies as well as industry sectors and country settings. In addition, contributors present new paradigms for future research. Cross-cultural marketing research scholars, Ph.D. students and cross-cultural and international marketing practitioners will benefit from this thorough examination of current trends as well as forward thinking concepts from some of the field's foremost experts"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 102
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789901931
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Technological innovations ; Creative ability ; Knowledge management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface and Introduction / Mitsuru Kodama -- 1. Innovation through boundaries vision and dynamic capabilities - the strategic management perspective / Mitsuru Kodama -- 2. Developing boundaries knowledge (knowing) - the knowledge creation perspective / Mitsuru Kodama -- 3. Knowledge convergence and design-driven innovation through boundaries knowledge - new knowledge from the knowledge convergence and design-driven innovation perspectives / Mitsuru Kodama and Masashi Kimura -- 4. Product and service innovation through boundaries vision and boundaries knowledge - new knowledge from the corporate strategy and innovation perspective / Mitsuru Kodama and Yoshiki Takano -- 5. Interpersonal cognitive traits and interactional traits that support boundaries vision, the basis of group creativity / Takashi Oka and Mana Yamamoto -- 6. The process of creating knowledge between different actors in co-creation ba - a case study of the panasonic smart city project / Nobuyuki Tokoro -- 7. Regional revitalization through cultural innovation and creativity development / Takehiko Yasuda -- 8. Product innovation through boundaries vision and boundaries knowledge - new knowledge from the corporate transformation and innovation perspective / Mitsuru Kodama and Yuji Mizukami -- 9. Boundaries knowledge through boundaries vision creation - driving dynamic capabilities and the seci process / Mitsuru Kodama -- 10. Implications and conclusion / Mitsuru Kodama -- Index.
    Abstract: "Illustrating the interdisciplinary implications for research on creativity development, this book focuses on the new concept of 'knowledge differences' that arise between people, organizations and various phenomena. It describes how these key differences create boundaries knowledge, a dynamic process that accelerates innovation. Chapters offer interdisciplinary perspectives on the topic to stimulate knowledge convergence across dissimilar fields of research, including business studies, economics, psychology and the arts. Following Arthur Koestler's theory of creativity, this insightful book shows how bisociation - the recognition of similarity in the collision of two distinct concepts - can be expressed through boundaries vision and boundaries knowledge, applying these twin concepts to the field of business and management. Focusing on literature related to strategy theory and knowledge creation theory, the book presents a theoretical framework for applying boundaries knowledge and boundaries vision to dynamic capabilities and knowledge creation in business innovation. Pioneering new frameworks for innovation, this book offers key insights for students and researchers of creativity development across various business-related fields. It will also benefit business leaders and managers, describing a key path to knowledge creation in professional environments"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 103
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781800371705
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gottschalk, Petter, 1950 - Case studies of executive deviance
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Executives Psychology ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskriminalität ; Korruption ; Risikoverhalten ; Risikomanagement
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience case of navy commander -- 2. Convenience case of chief executive officer -- 3. Convenience case of corruption blame -- 4. Convenience case of investment fraud -- 5. Rich and mighty on the shoreline -- 6. Corruption among friends -- 7. Germany: Thomas middelhoff -- 8. United States: Bernard kerik -- 9. United States: Jordan belfort -- 10. Japan: Tsuyoshi kikukawa -- 11. Environmental crime convenience -- 12. Game over for executives -- 13. Corruption in China trade -- 14. Seriousness of executive deviance -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This insightful book illustrates thirteen case studies demonstrating the convenience theory of white-collar crime. Offering an integrated deductive perspective through a convenience lens, Petter Gottschalk provides crucial insights into the motives, opportunities and behaviors behind executive deviance. Featuring a unique examination of era-defining cases of white-collar crime, from the Deepwater Horizon oil spill to the Olympus scandal, Gottschalk closely follows legal accounts to paint an international picture of executive deviance. This book scrutinizes public opinion of deviant behavior and how public sentiment towards white-collar crime has changed over time. Offering an innovative view of executive deviance, Gottschalk concludes by testing the integrated theory of convenience through empirical surveys of white-collar offenders. Audacious and illuminating, this book is crucial reading for researchers and students of business, criminal law and criminology, sharing a unique angle on the world of executive deviance through empirical research. Its real-world observations will also be crucial to policymakers and legal practitioners"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 104
    ISBN: 9781839106095
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 pages)
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: European Research Council ; Research institutes ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- 1. The Makings of an Authority in Science -- 2. Theorizing Status Intermediaries -- Part II -- 3. Tensions and Struggles in Europe-Level Science -- 4. Creating Acceptance for European Research Council Evaluations -- 5. The Consequences of European Research Council Allocations -- Part III -- 6. Constructing a Status Intermediary in Science -- 7. Taking Stock and Looking Ahead Appendix Studying the European Research Council -- Index.
    Abstract: "In this insightful book, Peter Edlund takes a status-based approach to theorizing the development of the European Research Council (ERC). Drawing upon rich empirical material, the author vividly details how the ERC was transformed from a funding organization into an authoritative status intermediary in European science. Edlund's innovate approach illustrates the ERC's path toward pre-eminence, building on a theoretical framework that the author uses to analyze evidence from Swedish and European contexts in an intriguing exploration of research funding allocated under the flagship Starting Grant scheme. Offering a field perspective on the multi-layered interactions between candidates and audiences within which the ERC was constructed as a status intermediary, this book redirects attention toward key antecedents that allow us to understand many of the extensive consequences generated by the ERC's funding. Blending theoretical models and empirical findings, Edlund's book will appeal to academics seeking advances in status theory. Practitioners and policymakers working with research funding will also benefit from its account of the historic development of the ERC and the consequences of its funding across Europe"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 105
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978347
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 pages)
    Series Statement: Elgar impact of entrepreneurship research series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    DDC: 338/.04
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; New business enterprises
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Business Creation: Wall Street and Main Street -- 2. Business Creation: Scope and Stability -- 3. Business Creation and Economic Growth: Churning is Good -- 4. New Firms are the Major Source of New Jobs -- 5. Different National Development: Different Business Creation -- 6. Context Counts, But May be Hard to Change -- 7. Growth Firms and Job Redistribution -- 8. Money is Necessary, But Not Sufficient -- 9. Everyone Pays, Some Benefit a Lot -- 10. An Important Option for the Desperate -- 11. New Firms: Change Agents Hiding in Plain Sight -- Appendix A Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) Program -- Appendix B U.S. Regional Business Dynamics Data Set -- Appendix C U.S. Panel Study of Entrepreneurial Dynamics (PSED) Program -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Policy makers give a lot of attention to business creation and entrepreneurship, but they do not have a good resource for understanding The Truth about Entrepreneurship. The extensive media coverage of Wall Street entrepreneurship provides an incomplete portrayal of most business creation. While both high profile and everyday new firms provide major contributions to economic growth, the ongoing, bottoms-up activity pursued by over half a billion around the world is not widely recognized. This book reviews some of the most salient features of grass roots business creation, such as the total amount of activity, differences related to national economic development, the relationship to business churning and job creation, the impact of national context, the mixed contributions of high growth firms, the modest effect of external financial support, the unequal distribution of sunk costs related to successful payback, importance as an option for the most desperate in poor countries, and the tendency to overlook the continuing incremental impact of Main Street business creation. Entrepreneurial scholars, faculty, policy analysists and graduate students interested in economic development, entrepreneurship and public policy will find clarity and gain a depth of knowledge about policy making and business creation with The Truth about Entrepreneurship"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 106
    ISBN: 9781788971966
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (800 pages)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of responsible management
    DDC: 174.4
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Unternehmensethik ; Business ethics ; Business ethics ; Unternehmensethik ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. Mapping the emerging field of responsible management: domains, spheres, themes, and future research / Oliver Laasch, Roy Suddaby, R. Edward Freeman and Dima Jamali -- 2. Can management ever be responsible? Alternative organizing and the three irresponsibilities of management / Kiri Langmead, Chris Land and Daniel King -- 3. What 'are' responsible management? A conceptual potluck / Archie B. Carroll, Nancy J. Adler, Henry Mintzberg, François Cooren, Roy Suddaby, R. Edward Freeman and Oliver Laasch -- Part II: Iconic views -- 4. Mintzberg on (ir)responsible management / Henry Mintzberg and Oliver Laasch -- 5 from managerial responsibility to csr and back to responsible management / Archie B. Carroll and Oliver Laasch -- 6. Responsible management as re-enchantment and retrovation / Roy Suddaby and Oliver Laasch -- 7. Responsible leadership and management: key distinctions and shared concerns / Nancy J. Adler and Oliver Laasch -- 8. From 'management sucks' to 'responsible management rocks!' / R. Edward Freeman and Oliver Laasch -- Part III: Management frameworks -- 9. Sustainability management from a responsible management perspective / Markus Beckmann, Stefan Schaltegger and Nancy E. Landrum -- 10. Responsible leadership and/versus responsible management / Tânia M. G. Marques and Jorge F. S. Gomes -- 11. Ethics management and ethical management: mapping criteria and interventions to support responsible management practice / Mihaela Constantinescu and Muel Kaptein -- 12. Responsible governance: broadening the corporate governance discourse to include positive duties and collective action / Rob van Tulder and Eveline van Mil -- 13. Humanistic management as integrally responsible management? / Michael Pirson -- 14. Bioinspiration as a guide for responsible management / Taryn L. Mead and Nancy E. Landrum -- Part IV: Glocal and spiritual perspectives -- 15. The United Nations global compact and the sustainable development goals / Andreas Rasche -- 16. the multinational perspective on responsible management: managing risk-responsibility trade-offs across borders / Rob van Tulder -- 17. Responsible management: an indigenous perspective / Jason Paul Mika, Rick Colbourne and Shamika Almeida -- 18. Islamic perspective of responsible management / Yusuf Sidani -- 19. Catholic social teaching and responsible management / Domènec Melé -- 20. Responsible management with Chinese characteristics / Pingping Fu, Qing Qu, Bo Yang and Huihua Jiang -- 21. The Japanese perspective on responsible management / Naoki Kuriyama -- 22. Responsible managers for the common good: African (Igbo and Yoruba) perspectives on responsible management / Kemi Ogunyemi and Ogechi Obiorah -- 23. "Honorable merchant" and "handshake quality": interpretations of individually responsible leadership / Stéphanie Looser and Joachim Schwalbach -- 24. American pragmatism and responsible management: the role of John Dewey / Svetlana N. Dmitrieva, R. Edward Freeman and Sergiy D. Dmytriyev -- Part V: Conceptualizing process and practices -- 25. Corporate social responsibility at the individual level of analysis: research findings that inform responsible management "in the wild" / Chelsea R. Willness, David A. Jones, Nicole Strah and Deborah E. Rupp -- 26. Enacting responsible management: a practice-based perspective / Oriana Milani Price, Silvia Gherardi and Marie Manidis -- 27. Beauty of responsible management: the lens and methodology of organizational aesthetics / Antonio Strati -- 28. The emerging logic of responsible management: institutional pluralism, leadership, and strategizing / Nevena Radoynovska, William Ocasio and Oliver Laasch -- 29. Responsible management of sustainability tensions: a paradoxical approach to grand challenges / Connie Van der Byl, Natalie Slawinski and Tobias Hahn -- 30. Consensus vs. dissensus: the communicative constitution of responsible management / Dennis Schoeneborn, Hannah Trittin-Ulbrich and François Cooren -- 31. Managing the past responsibly: a collective memory perspective on responsibility, sustainability and ethics / Sébastien Mena and Jukka Rintamäki -- Part VI: Learning and development -- 32. Responsible managers' workplace learning / Olga Andrianova and Elena Antonacopoulou -- 33. Responsible management unlearning / Tali Padan and Nhien Nguyen -- 34. Differentiating csr managers' roles and competencies: taking conflicts as a starting point / Renate Wesselink and Eghe R. Osagie -- 35. Giving voice to values: responsible management as facilitation of ethical voice / Carsten Tams and Mary C. Gentile -- 36. A strength-based approach to responsible management: professional moral courage and moral competency / Leslie E. Sekerka -- 37. The dynamics of responsible careers and their impact on societal issues: a conceptual framework / Svenja Tams -- Part VII: Innovation and change -- 38. Responsible job crafting / Lorenzo Bizzi -- 39. Whistleblowing as a crucial practice for responsible management / Luca Carollo, Simone Pulcher and Marco Guerci -- 40. Responsible management of innovation in business / Thomas B. Long, Edurne Iñigo and Vincent Blok -- 41. Social innovation: specifying pathways for impact / Christian Seelos and Johanna Mair -- 42. Innovating business models for sustainability: an essential practice for responsible managers / Steve Kennedy and Nancy Bocken -- 43. Institutional work and (ir)responsible management / Lauren McCarthy and Sébastien Mena -- 44. Memes, transformational change, and responsible leadership / Sandra Waddock -- Part VIIi engaged research -- 45. Critically responsible management: agonistic answers to antagonistic questions 686 marton racz and simon parker -- 46. Realizing the critical performative potential of responsible organizational research through participant action research / Kiri Langmead and Daniel King -- 47. Inquiring into change and innovation for greater responsibility through an appreciative inquiry lens / 'Alim J. Beveridge, Lindsey Godwin and Ignacio Pavez -- 48. Creating standards for responsible translation of management research for practitioners / Isabelle Yi Ren and Jean M. Bartunek -- 49. Using the past responsibly: what responsible managers and management academics can learn from historians' professional ethics / Christian Stutz and Judith Schrempf-Stirling -- Index.
    Abstract: "Outlining both historical foundations and the latest research trends, this Research Handbook offers a unique and cutting-edge overview of the numerous avenues to responsible management. Opening with a conceptual mapping of the field, thought leaders such as Henry Mintzberg and Archie Carroll present foundational and controversial views. Frameworks such as sustainability management, responsible leadership, humanistic and biomimetic management are introduced. Glocal approaches include responsible management with Chinese characteristics, West African Yoruba, and American Pragmatism. Exploring frameworks for the responsible management process, such as theories of practice, and for responsible management learning and innovation, readers are introduced to key methods responsible management research, such as participatory action research. Groundbreaking in scope and depth, this Handbook caters to the responsible management research community, particularly to the Academy of Management and to United Nations PRME signatory business schools. Policymakers and practitioners will benefit from its insight into the latest advances in responsible management research"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 107
    ISBN: 9781788971188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (624 pages)
    Edition: Second edition
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on employee voice
    DDC: 658.3152
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mitbestimmung ; Betriebsrat ; Gewerkschaft ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Management Employee participation ; Communication in organizations ; Management Handbooks, manuals, etc Employee participation ; Research ; Communication in organizations Handbooks, manuals, etc Research ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Mitbestimmung
    Abstract: Contents: Part I. Perspectives and theories of voice -- 1. Employee voice: Bridging new terrains and disciplinary boundaries / Adrian Wilkinson, Tony Dundon, Jimmy Donaghey and Richard Freeman -- 2. Employee voice before Hirschman: Its early history, conceptualization, and practice / Bruce E. Kaufman -- 3. Hirschman and voice / Matthew M.C. Allen -- 4. Employee voice and the transaction cost economics project / Paul Willman, Alex Bryson, Rafael Gomez and Tobias Kretschmer -- 5. Industrial democracy in the twenty-first century / Catherine Casey -- 6. Labour process / Abigail Marks and Shiona Chillas -- 7. Employee voice and silence in organizational behavior / Chad T. Brinsfield and Marissa Edwards -- Part II. Actors -- 8. Managing voice: An employers perpective / Peter Holland -- 9. Line managers / Keith Townsend and Paula Mowbray -- 10. Union voice / Sarah Kaine -- 11. The missing employee in employee voice research / Dionne M. Pohler, Andrew A. Luchak, & J.M. Harmer -- 12. The expression of worker voice through civil society organizations / Edmund Heery and Stephen Williams -- 13. Employee voice and democracy: A critique of national and transnational laws / Glenn Patmore -- Part III. Voice processes -- 14. Collective bargaining / Virginia Doellgast and Chiara Benassi -- 15. Works councils / Werner Nienhüser -- 16. Joint consultative committees / Amanda Pyman -- 17. Individual voice: Grievance and other procedures / David Lewin -- 18. High performance work systems and employee voice / Bill Harley -- 19. Task-based voice and teamworking / Stephen Procter, Jos Benders and Jonas Ingvaldesen -- 20. Workplace partnership / Stewart Johnstone -- 21. Voice in the mutual gains organization / Ariel C. Avgar, Stacey Sekwao, Phoebe Strom -- 22. Non-union employee representation / Tony Dobbins and Tony Dundon -- 23. Employee and collective voice engagement: Being psychologically present when speaking up at work / Jamie A. Gruman and Alan M. Saks -- 24. Individual voice in informal and formal contexts in organizations / Deirdre O'Shea and Kevin Murphy -- 25. Whistleblowing / Kate Kenny, Wim Vandekerckhov and Muhammad Irfan -- Part IV. Evaluating voice 26. Voice across borders: Comparing and explaining the dynamic of participation in a context of change / Maria González Menéndez and Miguel Martínez Lucio -- 27. Employee silence / Niall Cullinane and Jimmy Donaghey -- 28. Diversity management and missing voices / Jawad Syed -- 29. The internet, the web and social media: The promise and practice of e-voice / Louise Thornthwaite, Craig Macmillan and Alison Barnes -- 30. Charting voice in a developing economy: The case of China / Jenny Chan -- Part V. Future directions on voice -- 31. Workplace voice: Assessing its impact on the individual and the organization / Brian Klaas -- 32. Integrating voice : Voice within hospitals: Reciprocal relationship between employee voice related to patient care with working conditions voice / Adrian Wilkinson, Michael Barry, Paula Mowbray and Ariel Avgar -- 33. The future of employee voice / Senia Kalfa and John W. Budd -- Index.
    Abstract: "This thoroughly revised second edition presents up-to-date analysis from various academic streams and disciplines that illuminate our understanding of employee voice from a range of different perspectives. This wide-ranging Handbook demonstrates that research on employee voice has gone beyond union and non-union voices to build a wider and deeper knowledge base. Exploring the previously under-represented paradigm of the organisational behaviour approach, new chapters take account of a broader conceptualisation of employee voice. Written by expert contributors, this Handbook explores the meaning and impact of employee voice for various stakeholders and considers the ways in which these actors engage with voice processes such as collective bargaining, individual processes, mutual gains, task-based voice and grievance procedures. This comprehensive Handbook will enable the reader to engage with the debates surrounding employee voice and help extend our overall understanding of what goes on in workplaces at the heart of modern economies. This second edition of the Handbook of Research on Employee Voice will be a vital resource for academics and students researching human resource management, organisational behaviour and employment relations, while its forward thinking approach will also appeal to policy makers, employers and union officials"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 108
    ISBN: 9781839106682
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in organization studies series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Industries Social aspects ; Business enterprises Political aspects ; Business enterprises Political activity ; Social responsibility of business ; Trade associations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1 -- Firms collective action: A synoptic view -- 1. The emergence and evolution of business meta-organizations -- 2. On political and economic problems raised by business meta-organizations -- Part 2 -- Within trade associations and other meta-organizations -- 3. Fcads as a mix of heterarchy and hierarchy -- 4. Dynamic analysis of a business meta-organization -- 5. The ways of acting of business meta-organizations -- 6. Other types FCADs -- Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "Collective action by firms is a central phenomenon in society, seen for example in standards setting, multi-stakeholder initiatives, and in relation to climate change, environmental and human rights issues. This incisive book reveals how firms set up specific devices, referred to by the authors as FCADs (Firms' Collective Action Devices), of which trade associations and chambers of commerce are the traditional forms, and investigates how firms organize themselves collectively, and their impact on the economy and democracy. Delving deeply into previously under-explored aspects of collective actions by firms, using the concepts of meta-organization and heterarchy, the book combines and expands on insights from history, political science, economics, sociology, management and organization theory. It demonstrates empirically how FCADs function on the basis of compromise and consensus, and analyzes their forms of action, their organizational dynamics and their recent evolution. This rigorous and pluridisciplinary evaluation of how businesses organize collectively will appeal to researchers and PhD students in organization studies and business management, as well as those in other disciplines who are interested in firms' collective action. It will also be a useful resource for business practitioners, public servants and politicians in contact with firms' collective action, and NGO members"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 109
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789900033
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Gründungsausbildung ; Ausbilder ; Entrepreneurship ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship Study and teaching ; Business teachers ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Part I: The early years -- 1 deep learning and ee: Engage the world, change the world / Max Drummy -- 2 ee-stem in primary-middle years / James Davis -- 3 space to question / Catherine Brentnall -- 4 ee teachers: Agents of agency / Shani Hartley -- 5 the early years / Colin Jones -- Part II: The pre-graduate years -- 6 the art of making it possible / Paz Fernández de Vera -- 7 developing enterprising habits / Lesley Cottrell -- 8 creating giants / Maria Sourgiadaki -- 9 if i could ... Before i do / Colin Jones -- 10 insights of an accidental enterprise educator / Penny Matthews -- 11 the pre-graduate years / Colin Jones -- Part III: The graduate years -- 12 sheep assisted: The importance of being open to diversion / Elinor Vettraino -- 13 from instructor to educator / Norris Krueger -- 14 designing change: Seeing beyond the obvious and influencing others / Andy Penaluna -- 15 slow, lazy and stupid / Elena Oikkonen -- 16 getting curious about creativity: The why and the how? / Kathryn Penaluna -- 17 the graduate years / Colin Jones -- Part IV: The post-graduate years -- 18 if you're riding a dead horse, dismount! / Zen Parry -- 19 authentic grit: The elusive (but essential) entrepreneurial trait / Alex Maritz -- 20 specialist in enterprise and employability in uk he / Amy Gerrard -- 21 team entrepreneurial learning: Building sustainable businesses / Ainurul Rosli and Jane Chang -- 22 student-centred action learning / John Dobson -- 23 the post-graduate years / Colin Jones -- References -- / Index.
    Abstract: "With an increasing global demand for entrepreneurship education, and the need to prepare students for the challenges of an ever-changing world of work, Colin Jones tackles the difficult question: just where do these educators come from to meet this demand? How to Become an Entrepreneurship Educator is the first book to tackle how we create expert entrepreneurship educators at all levels of education. Using activity theory as a lens, the book unites the developmental trajectories of 20 eminent contemporary experts at different levels of enterprise and entrepreneurship education. Jones identifies these journeys in order to share the collective lessons learned. By highlighting a range of global insights, readers are enabled to reflect on their own strategies, creating order in the domain of enterprise and entrepreneurship education - an order that holds the power to propel the domain of enterprise and entrepreneurship education onwards to new heights. Such highly reflective accounts of how to teach entrepreneurship will be an invaluable guide to educators from numerous backgrounds to contemplate new strategies for teaching enterprise and entrepreneurship in the context of their own choosing"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 110
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839101106
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Kreativsektor ; Digitalisierung ; Disruptive Innovation ; Arbeitsgesellschaft ; Cultural industries ; Technological innovations Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1 the future of creative work: Creativity and digital disruption / Greg Hearn -- Part I: The evolution of creative work -- 2 the creative economy: The rise and risks of intangible capital and the future of creative work / Greg Hearn and Marion McCutcheon -- 3 the relationship between creative employment and local economies outside capital cities / Greg Hearn, Stuart Cunningham, Marion McCutcheon and Mark David Ryan -- 4 a taxonomic structural change perspective on the economic impact of robots and artificial intelligence on creative work / Ben Vermeulen, Andreas Pyka and Pier Paolo Saviotti -- Part II: Digital disruption and creative work -- 5 new economic infrastructures for creative work / Ellie Rennie and Jason Potts -- 6 automated journalism: Expendable or supplementary for the future of journalistic work? / Aljosha Karim Schapals -- 7 robotics and artificial intelligence in architecture: What skills will architects need in 2050? / Cori Stewart, Glenda Amayo Caldwell, Müge Belek Fialho Teixeira and Jonathan Roberts -- 8 museum curation in the digital age / Rui Oliveira Lopes -- Part III: Changing contexts of creative work - 9 the role of casual creative environments for creative work in cities: Implications for the future creative city / Ana Bilandzic, Onur Mengi and Greg Hearn -- 10 digital nomadism: Mobility, millennials and the future of work in the online gig economy / Beverly Yuen Thompson -- 11 playing with tiktok: Algorithmic culture and the future of creative work / Natalie Collie and Caroline Wilson-Barnao -- 12 managing embedded creative work: The challenge of causal ambiguity / Cliff Bowman and Juani Swart -- Part IV: Educating for the future of creative work -- 13 creativity 2.0: New approaches to creative economy work and education in the creative industries / Chris Bilton -- 14 when dancers learn to teach dance: How creatives acquire expertise in multiple domains to improve employability / Jose Hilario Pereira Rodrigues -- 15 do creative skills future-proof your job? Creativity and the future of work in an age of exponential technological advancement / Ruth Bridgstock, Russell Tytler and Peta White -- Index.
    Abstract: "The Future of Creative Work provides a unique overview of the changing nature of creative work, examining how digital developments and the rise of intangible capital are causing an upheaval in the social institutions of work. It offers a profound insight into how this technological and social evolution will affect creative professions. Expert international contributors explore how robotics, artificial intelligence, blockchain, global digital platforms and autonomous systems will shape the design, production and consumption of culture. Taking a multidisciplinary approach incorporating creative industries studies, business, education and economics, the book analyses the technological drivers of disruption in the world of creative work. Chapters reveal how these changes will create new axes of power and inequality in the global sphere of creative work, predicting that conventional creative professions will be challenged and different species of creative work will evolve as a result. By charting the impact of digital and technological developments, The Future of Creative Work challenges traditional views of creative work, careers and education. This book will be a valuable resource for students and researchers undertaking creative industries studies. Its discussion of the application of creative careers across the economy will also be beneficial for scholars and practitioners interested in business, economics, and advertising and marketing studies"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 111
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788972154
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Toporowski, Jan Credit and crisis from Marx to Minsky
    DDC: 332.7
    RVK:
    Keywords: Monetäre Konjunkturtheorie ; Finanzkrise ; Schuldenkrise ; Theorie ; Credit ; Finance ; Economic history 20th century ; Credit ; Finance ; Economic history 20th century ; Cykl koniunkturalny ; Ekonomia ; Finanse ; Kryzys gospodarczy ; Kapitalizm ; Kryzysy gospodarcze ; Kryzysy gospodarcze 20 w. ; Kapitalizm Analiza marksistowska ; Kapitalizm Aspekt ekonomiczny ; Ekonomia Historia ; Finanse Historia ; Electronic books ; Kredit ; Finanzwirtschaft ; Wirtschaft ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Kapitalismus ; Wirtschaftswissenschaften ; Krisentheorie ; Geschichte ; Marx, Karl 1818-1883 ; Luxemburg, Rosa 1871-1919 ; Hawtrey, Ralph G. 1879-1975 ; Fisher, Irving 1867-1947 ; Keynes, John Maynard 1883-1946 ; Breit, Marek 1907-1942 ; Kalecki, Michał 1899-1970 ; Steindl, Josef 1912-1993 ; Simons, Henry C. 1899-1946 ; Minsky, Hyman P. 1919-1996 ; Krisentheorie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Capitalism and financial crisis -- 1. Marx and the monetary business cycle -- 2. Marx and the emergence of debt markets -- 3. Rosa luxemburg and the marxists on finance -- Part II: Critical theories of finance in the twentieth century: Unstable money and finance -- 4. Ralph hawtrey and the monetary business cycle -- 5. Irving fisher and debt deflation -- 6. John maynard keynes's financial theory of under-investment i: Towards doubt -- 7. John maynard keynes's financial theory of under-investment ii: Towards uncertainty -- Part III: Critical theories of finance in the twentieth century: corporate debt and crisis -- 8. The principle of increasing risk: Marek breit -- 9. The principle of increasing risk: Michal kalecki -- 10. The principle of increasing risk: Josef steindl and michal kalecki on profits and finance -- 11. The kalecki-steindl theory of financial fragility -- Part IV: Critical theories of finance in the twentieth century: The financial instability hypothesis -- 12. The monetary theory of kalecki and minsky -- 13. From money to minsky: Henry simons -- 14. The financial instability hypothesis -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely book studies the economic theories of credit cycles and disturbances in the 20th century, presenting a nuanced view of the role of finance in the economy after the financial crash of 2008. Focusing on the work of economists from Marx onwards, Jan Toporowski moves beyond conventional monetary theory to offer an insightful critical alternative to current financial macroeconomics. The book features an extended discussion of Marx's approach to credit and finance, new insights to Minsky's ideas and a reconsideration of the financial theories of Kalecki and Steindl. Economic researchers and postgraduate students seeking to extend their knowledge of critical approaches to finance will find this an invaluable read, as well as practitioners and policy makers who seek to understand financial instability and unstable markets. This will also be an insightful read for economic historians looking to understand the nuances of different key economic theories and their practical applications"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 112
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781800372016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Genossenschaftsmanagement ; Genossenschaft ; Kapitalismus ; Sozialismus ; Management Employee participation ; Democracy ; Socialism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface Introduction: The cooperative firm as an alternative to the capital-owned business enterprise -- 1. Democratic firms and socialism -- 2. An up-to-date model of marxism: A socialist system without any communist colouring -- 3. The revolutionary impetus of marxism versus liberalism -- 4. Do trade unions champion worker interests? -- 5. In what direction goes history? -- 6. The evolution of socialism: From utopia to scientific producer of cooperative economics -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book revolves around the idea that capitalism is not a democratic system and that a system of producer cooperatives, or democratically managed enterprises, gives rise to a new mode of production which is authentically socialist in essence and fully consistent with the ultimate rationale underlying Marx's theoretical approach. The author argues that the cooperative firm system outlined in this book offers a rich array of non-economic benefits that justify its classification as a 'genuinely socialist' entity, with real potential for achieving true economic democracy. This book will be required reading for all economists who are not content with the current capitalist economic system, and yet will still provide intriguing and thought-provoking insights for those who are"--
    Note: Includes index , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 113
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781800370890
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (528 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Heterodoxe Ökonomik ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Interview
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Foreword I: Professor Geoffrey Harcourt -- Foreword II: Professor Sheila Dow -- Introduction The Biographies of the Interviewees -- Part 1: Round one (R1) interviews (2018) i. Professor Victoria Chick ii. Professor Tim Congdon CBE iii Professor Paul Davidson iv. Professor Kevin Dowd v. Professor Roger Farmer vi. Professor Charles Goodhart FBA vii. Professor Geoffrey Harcourt viii. Dr. James Juniper ix. Professor Andrew Kliman x. Professor Marc Lavoie xi. Professor William (Bill) Mitchell xii. Warren Mosler xiii. Dr. Thomas Palley xiv. Professor Ricardo Reis xv. Professor Malcolm Sawyer xvi. Professor Willi Semmler xvii. Professor Anwar Shaikh xviii. Professor Englebert Stockhammer xix. Professor Martin Watts xx. Professor L. Randall Wray Part 2: Round Two (R2) 2019 i. Professor David Colander ii. Professor Sheila Dow iii. Professor Scott Ferguson iv. Professor Geoff Hodgson v. Professor Jonathan Joseph vi. Professor Steve Keen vii. Professor Tony Lawson viii. Professor Jamie Morgan ix. Dr. Ioana Negru x. Professor Nick Potts xi. Professor John Smithin Conclusion Bibliography Appendix 1: R1 and R2 questions Appendix 2: MMT White Paper by Warren Mosler Index.
    Abstract: "In a series of in-depth interviews with leading economists and policymakers from different schools including Austrian, Monetarist, New-Keynesian, Post-Keynesian, Modern Monetary Theory, Marxist, Sraffian and Institutionalist, this intriguing book sheds light upon the behaviour of economists and the sociology of the economics profession by enabling economists to express their views on a wide range of issues. Exploring why the aftermath of the 2008 global financial crisis did not pave the way for an uptake in heterodox economic approaches, these key thinkers consider why mainstream economics still reigns supreme and explore whether an alternative approach can be developed to rival it. The most important issues facing the discipline are addressed, and the book offers a particular focus upon the extent to which radical economists can work together to provide a genuine alternative to orthodoxy. The analytical responses to important questions posed to each interviewee make this a critical read for practising economists both inside and outside of academia. It will also be a thought-provoking book for economics students focusing both on orthodox and heterodox viewpoints, as it offers important insights to the nuances between a vast range of different schools of thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 114
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788978972
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Neue Seidenstraße ; Internationale Wirtschaftsbeziehungen ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Globalisierung ; China ; Infrastructure (Economics) ; Business logistics ; Electronic books ; Bibliographie enthalten
    Abstract: Contents: Preface: Beyond China, China, China -- PART I INTRODUCTION -- 1. Actions and Reactions -- PART II CHINA -- 2. From China's Logistics to China's Geologistics -- PART III THE SILK ROAD ECONOMIC BELT: LANDBRIDGES, ECONOMIC CORRIDORS AND DRY PORTS -- 3. Landbridging Eurasia -- 4. Secondary Economic Corridors, Dry Ports and Seaport Gateways -- PART IV THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY MARITIME SILK ROAD: BLUE ECONOMIC PASSAGES, AN ECONOMIC CIRCLE AND SEAPORTS -- 5. China-Indian Ocean-Africa-Mediterranean Passage -- 6. China-Oceania-South Pacific Passage: Adding Antarctica -- 7. China-Arctic Ocean Passage -- 8. China-Trans-Pacific Ocean Passage: Latin America and the Caribbean -- PART V CONCLUSION -- 9. Five Years On, Centennial Goals and an Imperial Connection? -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This insightful book examines the growing role of China on the global stage by gauging the varying reactions of international spectators to Beijing's hugely significant Belt and Road Initiative. Featuring detailed studies of key geologistical projects, Peter Rimmer charts the swift transformation of China's domestic logistics systems into a global geologistics policy. Analyses of major international logistical projects, from the Great Stone Industrial Park of Belarus, through the ports of Gwadar, Piraeus, Darwin and Sabetta to the Nicaragua Canal, illustrate the global impact of China's geologistical developments and how key logistics skills are exported through the Silk Road Economic Belt and the 21st Century Maritime Silk Road. This book distils China's global logistics developments into three basic models - the transcontinental, the reverse and the classic - to reflect upon the effects of the first five years of the Belt and Road Initiative. Laced with detailed empirical studies and an array of illustrative maps, Rimmer assesses the domestic impact of the Initiative thus far and offers an astute appraisal of the imperial connotations of Beijing's global logistical project. This enlightening book provides crucial insights for academics and researchers in political science, transport studies and economics investigating China's recent policy initiatives, particularly those who examine the impact of geologistics. Policymakers and commentators will also benefit from the author's unique empirical insight into global logistics development"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 115
    ISBN: 9781789901658
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsstudium ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Lernmethode ; Lehrmaterial ; Interaktive Medien ; Business education Technological innovations ; Business education Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by john j. Sosik -- Introduction to the handbook of teaching with technology in management, leadership and business -- Part I: Foundations: Concepts, context, and design -- 1. A context for teaching with technology in management, leadership, and business / Stuart Allen, Kim Gower, and Danielle K. Allen -- 2. Using the tpack framework to develop an integrated strategy for teaching management, leadership, and business with technology / Leslie Dinauer -- 3. Technology, culture, leadership, and education: Five orthodoxies / A. J. Grant and Robert Joseph Skovira -- 4. Distance learning - considerations and innovations for business schools / Maureen Snow Andrade -- 5. Creating inclusive online learning for business students with disabilities / Miriam Edwards -- 6. Best practices in the construction of attentional social presence: Securing the attention of multicommunicating audiences in the business world / Jeanine Warisse Turner and Sonja K. Foss -- 7. Outcomes first! Online learning that puts technology in its place / Julie Benesh and Alisha DeWalt -- 8. An administrative perspective: Going online with limited resources / Michael J. Urick 9. Best Practices for New Online Management Education Instructors to Overcome Resistance to Online Teaching: New Insights / Lorianne D. Mitchell -- 10. Business education and technology - an aacsb perspective / Nancy Bagranoff and Stephanie Bryant -- Part II: Applications of technology in teaching and learning -- 11. The role of technology in online case teaching / Bill Schiano -- 12. Teaching with transformational technology: Building a postheroic ethos in leadership education / James J. Jarc and Jonathan P. Jarc -- 13. Peer coaching: A holistic experiential learning process in online leadership classes / Mai P. Trinh -- 14. A move towards mastery: Leveraging technology to create life long learners / Jordan P. Mitchell and Kim Gower -- 15. Reciprocal peer tutoring: A simple strategy for enhancing classroom learning and the academic social environment / Ronald E. Riggio and Rowan Y. Mulligan -- 16. Virtual presentations: Techniques for improved learning outcomes and assessment of student learning in management, leadership, and business / Kyle B. Stone -- 17. Promoting global leadership through collaborative online international learning / Natasha H. Chapman, Anne Spear, Grace Ngai, and Stephen Chan -- 18. Utilizing interactive technology for implementing a flipped classroom for teaching design leadership / James L. Morrison -- 19. Leveraging game design and participatory culture to foster authentic learning / Andrew Feldstein -- 20. Strategies for integration of cognitive apprenticeship into distance learning for adult learners / Kelsey Long and Soo Jeoung "Crystal" Han -- 21. Approaches to writing, transforming, and selecting cases for use in online teaching: A practitioner perspective / Richard McCracken -- Part III: Applications of specific technology tools -- 22. The robots are coming, are you ready? / Terry A. Nelson, Kevin D. Lo, and Sumeet Jhamb -- 23. Increasing student engagement in data-driven management education: Front-facing lightboard technology in the flipped classroom / Heather Staples and Amy C. Lewis -- 24. Improving classroom discussion of self-assessments through polling / Terri A. Scandura -- 25. Learning by listening: Using podcasts to enhance leadership education / Martinella M. Dryburgh -- 26. Smartphone apps for use in management education / Danielle C. Fowler and Lisa T. Stickney -- 27. Insights on the use of free and open educational resources in business and management education / Anthony A. Piña and Kenneth A. Moran -- 28. Using twitter as a technology tool to teach leadership / Courtney "Pearson" Pearson and Kathy L. Guthrie -- 29. Use of social media in Indian MBA classes: Facebook groups in a course on organizational behaviour / Srinivasan Tatachari -- 30. Fostering soft-skills development through learning experience platforms (lxps) / Andrés Dávila Valdiviezo and Maria Crawford -- 31. Teaching with games and gamification: Best practices and future research needs / Kristina N. Bauer, Caribay Garcia-Marquez, and Daniel A. Gandara / 32. Teaching Global Citizen-Leadership by Design: Expanding Learning Opportunities Through Web-based Digital Curation Tools / Ginny Jones Boss -- Part IV: Evaluating and researching the role of technology in teaching and learning -- 33. Why the jury is still out on business simulation games / Meg L. Joseph -- 34. Exploring the drivers and barriers for e-learning system impact in the higher education sector / Norman Lee Dong Chiong and Na Fu -- 35. From the chalkboard to the motherboard: A quasi-experimental comparison of online and on-ground organizational behavior classes / Lorianne D. Mitchell, Jennifer D. Parlamis, G. Elaine Boone, and C. Allen Gorman -- 36. The impact of practice on feedback-providing skills in an online peer review activity / Roman Rietsche, Matthias Söllner, and Jan Marco Leimeister -- 37. Choices, choices, choices: Online and face-to-face options for management students / Katrina Radford, Heather Stewart, and Harsha Sarvaiya -- 38. Adopting assessment for learning (afl) in higher education: Implications for technology deployment / Mairead Brady, Martin R. Fellenz, and Ann Devitt -- Index.
    Abstract: "Ever-evolving technological innovation creates both opportunities and challenges for educators aiming to achieve meaningful and effective learning in the classroom and equip students with a well-honed set of technology skills as they enter the professional world. The Handbook of Teaching with Technology in Management, Leadership and Business is written by experienced instructors using technology in novel and impactful ways in their undergraduate and graduate courses, as well as researchers reporting and reflecting on studies and literature that can guide them on the how and why of teaching with technology. Combining insights from research and practice, this comprehensive Handbook provides a state-of-the-art reflection on the role and effectiveness of technology in management, leadership, and business education. It offers a variety of resources and guidelines for the application of technology across different educational contexts and courses, and explores how specific digital tools, software, and applications have been used in the classroom to promote student engagement, assessment, collaboration, learning, and leadership. The broad range of chapters will support educators, administrators, instructional designers, researchers, chief information officers, and teaching technology developers seeking to expand their knowledge on the use of teaching and learning technologies in higher-education level management, leadership, and business programs"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 116
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839100093
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New directions in post-Keynesian economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Geldtheorie ; Postkeynesianismus ; Theorie ; Keynesian economics ; Money ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Louis-Philippe Rochon -- Introduction / Marc Lavoie -- Part I: Earlier and easier writings -- 1 'the endogenous flow of credit and the post keynesian theory of money', journal of economic issues, 18 -- (3), september 1984, 771-97 2 2 'the post keynesian theory of endogenous money: A reply', journal of economic issues , 19 -- (3), september 1985, 843-8 29 3 'credit and money: The dynamic circuit, overdraft economics, and post- keynesian economics', in m. Jarsulic (ed.), money and macro policy , kluwer- nijhoff, boston, 1985, 63-84 35 4 'a primer on endogenous credit-money', in l.-p. Rochon and s. rossi (eds), modern theories of money: the nature and role of money in capitalist economies , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2003, 506-43 57 -- Part II: Inspiring authors -- 5 'change, continuity, and originality in kaldor's monetary theory', in e.j. Nell and w. Semmler (eds), nicholas kaldor and mainstream economics: Confrontation or convergence? , macmillan, London, 1991, 259-78 96 6 'jacques le bourva's theory of endogenous credit-money', review of political economy , 4 -- (4), 1992, 436-46 116 7 'eichner's monetary economics: Ahead of its time', in m. Lavoie, l.-p. Rochon and m. Seccareccia (eds), money and macrodynamics: alfred eichner and post- keynesian economics , m.e. sharpe, armonk (nj), 2010, 155-71 127 -- Part III: In defense of horizontalism -- 8 'monetary policy in an economy with endogenous credit money', in g. Deleplace and e.j. Nell (eds), money in motion: The circulation and post- keynesian approaches , macmillan, London, 1996, 532-45 145 9 'horizontalism, structuralism, liquidity preference and the principle of increasing risk', Scottish journal of political economy , 43 -- (3), august, 1996, 275-300 159 10 'the credit-led supply of deposits and the demand for money: Kaldor's reflux mechanism as previously endorsed by joan robinson', cambridge journal of economics , 23 -- (1), january 1999, 103-13 185 11 'endogenous money: Accommodationist', in p. Arestis and m. Sawyer (eds), handbook on alternative monetary economics , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2006, 17-34 196 -- Part IV: Three innovating articles -- 12 'monetary base endogeneity and the new procedures of the asset-based canadian and American monetary systems', journal of post keynesian economics , summer 2005, 27 -- (4), 689-709 215 13 'towards a post-keynesian consensus in macroeconomics: Reconciling the cambridge and wall street views', in e. Hein, t. Niechoj and e. Stockhammer (eds), macroeconomic policies on shaky foundations - whither mainstream economics? , metropolis-verlag, marburg, 2009, 75-99 236 14 'fair rates of interest in post-keynesian political economy', in j. Teixeira (ed.), issues in modern political economy , university of brasilia press, brasilia, 1997, 123-37 261 -- Part V: After the global financial crisis -- 15 'changes in central bank procedures during the subprime crisis and their repercussions on monetary theory', international journal of political economy , 39 -- (3), fall 2010, 3-23 277 16 'the monetary and fiscal nexus of neo-chartalism: A friendly critique', journal of economic issues , 47 -- (1), march 2013, 1-31 298 17 'the eurozone: Similarities to and differences from keynes's plan', international journal of political economy , 44 -- (1), spring 2015, 3-17 329 18 'rethinking monetary theory in light of keynes and the crisis', brazilian keynesian review , 2 -- (2), 2016, 174-88 344 19 'unconventional monetary policies, with a focus on quantitative easing', European journal of economics and economic policies: Intervention , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 15 -- (2), 2018, 139-46 (with brett fiebiger) 359 -- Part VI: A final overview -- 20 'money, credit and central banks in post-keynesian economics', in e. Hein and e. Stockhammer (eds), a modern guide to keynesian macroeconomics and economic policies , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2011, 34-60 368 -- Index.
    Abstract: "Post-Keynesian Monetary Theory recaps Marc Lavoie's views on monetary theory over a 35-year period, seen from a post-Keynesian perspective. The book contains a collection of twenty previously published papers, as well as an introduction which explains how these papers came about and how they were received. All of the selected articles avoid mathematical formalism. Readers will find analyses of the earlier advocates of endogenous money such as Nicholas Kaldor and Jacques Le Bourva. They will discover how the arguments in support of the post-Keynesian theory of endogenous money and the credit view of banking have evolved through this 35-year period, and how they have been related to the new procedures pursued by central banks. All these essays show the relevance of the realistic post-Keynesian monetary theory in understanding the subprime and euro crises, quantitative easing and the distributional role of interest rates. Within these pages Marc Lavoie provides an overview of what has happened in post-Keynesian monetary economics over the last three and a half decades for students and scholars with interest in monetary economics, the horizontalist-structuralist debates and the recent history of economic thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 117
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789902761
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (992 Seiten)
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 375
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of banking
    DDC: 332.1
    Keywords: Bankwirtschaft ; Finanzsystem ; Bank ; Internationale Bank ; Bankgeschäft ; Bankenaufsicht ; Banks and banking ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Michael A. Klein (1971), 'A Theory of the Banking Firm', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 3 (2) (Part 9), May, 205-18 -- 2. Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- 3. Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998), 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, 53 (4), August, 1245-84 -- 4. Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn (1991), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 497-513 -- 5. Douglas W. Diamond (1984), 'Financial Intermediation and Delegated Monitoring', Review of Economic Studies, 51 (3), July, 393-414 -- 6. Joseph E. Stiglitz and Andrew Weiss (1981), 'Credit Rationing in Markets with Imperfect Information', American Economic Review, 71 (3), June, 393-410 -- 7. Anil K. Kashyap, Raghuram Rajan and Jeremy C. Stein (2002), 'Banks as Liquidity Providers: An Explanation for the Coexistence of Lending and Deposit-Taking', Journal of Finance, 57 (1), February, 33-73 -- 8. Allen N. Berger and David B. Humphrey (1997), 'Efficiency of Financial Institutions: International Survey and Directions for Future Research', European Journal of Operational Research, 98 (2), April, 175-212 -- 9. Arnoud W. A. Boot (2017), 'The Future of Banking: From Scale & Scope Economies to Fintech', European Economy - Banks, Regulation and The Real Sector, 2, 77-95 -- 10. Wolf Wagner (2010), 'Diversification at Financial Institutions and Systemic Crises', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 19 (3), July, 373-86 -- 11. Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2004), 'Competition and Financial Stability', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 36 (3) (Part 2), June, 453-80 -- 12. Sam Langfield and Marco Pagano (2016), 'Bank bias in Europe: Effects on Systemic Risk and Growth', Economic Policy, 31 (85), January, 51-106 -- 13. Mitchell A. Petersen and Raghuram G. Rajan (1994), 'The Benefits of Lending Relationships: Evidence from Small Business Data', Journal of Finance, 49 (1), March, 3-37 -- 14. Allen N. Berger and Gregory F. Udell (2002), 'Small Business Credit Availability and Relationship Lending: The Importance of Bank Organisational Structure', Economic Journal, 112 (477), February, F32-53 -- 15. Òscar Jordà, Moritz Schularick and Alan M. Taylor (2016), 'The Great Mortgaging: Housing Finance, Crises and Business Cycles', Economic Policy, 31 (85), January, 107-52 -- 16. Arnoud W. A. Boot and Lev Ratnovski (2016), 'Banking and Trading', Review of Finance, 20 (6), October, 2219-46 -- 17. Charles Goodhart and Dirk Schoenmaker (2016), 'The Global Investment Banks are now all Becoming American: Does that Matter for Europeans?', Journal of Financial Regulation, 2 (2), August, 168-81 -- 18. Allen Goss and Gordon S. Roberts (2011), 'The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility on the Cost of Bank Loans', Journal of Banking and Finance, 35 (7), July, 1794-1810 -- 19. Thorsten Beck, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Maria Soledad Martinez Peria (2008), 'Banking Services for Everyone? Barriers to Bank Access and Use around the World', World Bank Economic Review, 22 (3), November, 397-430
    Abstract: 20. Robert Grosse and Lawrence G. Goldberg (1991), 'Foreign Bank Activity in the United States: An Analysis by Country of Origin', Journal of Banking and Finance, 15 (6), December, 1093-112 -- 21. Nicola Cetorelli and Linda S. Goldberg (2012), 'Banking Globalization and Monetary Transmission', Journal of Finance, 67 (5), October, 1811-43 -- 22. Dirk Schoenmaker (2011), 'The Financial Trilemma', Economics Letters, 111, 57-9 -- 23. Stijn Claessens and Neeltje Van Horen (2014), 'Foreign Banks: Trends and Impact', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 46 (S1), February, 295-326 -- 24. Ralph De Haas and Iman Van Lelyveld (2014), 'Multinational Banks and the Global Financial Crisis: Weathering the Perfect Storm?', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 46 (S1), February, 333-64 -- 25. Eugenio Cerutti, Giovanni Dell'Ariccia and Maria Soledad Martinez Peria (2007), 'How Banks Go Abroad: Branches or Subsidiaries', Journal of Banking and Finance, 31 (6), June, 1669-92 -- 26. Eugenio Cerutti and Christina Schmieder (2014), 'Ring Fencing and Consolidated Banks' Stress Tests', Journal of Financial Stability, 11, April, 1-12 -- 27. Dirk Schoenmaker (2015), 'The New Banking Union Landscape in Europe: Consolidation Ahead?', Journal of Financial Perspectives, 3 (2), 189-201 -- 28. David Miles, Jing Yang and Gilberto Marcheggiano (2013), 'Optimal Bank Capital', Economic Journal, 123 (567), March, 1-37 -- 29. Enrico Perotti and Javier Suarez (2011), 'A Pigovian Approach to Liquidity Regulation', International Journal of Central Banking, 7 (4), 3-41 -- 30. Dirk Schoenmaker and Peter Wierts (2015), 'Regulating The Financial Cycle: An Integrated Approach with a Leverage Ratio', Economics Letters, 136, November, 70-2 -- 31. Raj Aggarwal and Kevin T. Jacques (2001), 'The Impact of FDICIA and Prompt Corrective Action on Bank Capital and Risk: Estimates Using a Simultaneous Equations Model', Journal of Banking and Finance, 25 (6), June, 1139-60 -- 32. Jean-Charles Rochet (2003), 'Why Are There so Many Banking Crises?', CESifo Economic Studies, 49 (2), 141-55 -- 33. Ben S. Bernanke (1983), 'Nonmonetary Effects of the Financial Crisis in the Propagation of the Great Depression', American Economic Review, 73 (3), June, 257-76 -- 34. C. A. E. Goodhart (1987), 'Why Do Banks Need a Central Bank?' Oxford Economic Papers, 39 (1), March, 75-89 -- 35. Tobias Adrian and Hyun Song Shin (2010), 'Liquidity and Leverage', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 19 (3), July, 418-37 -- 36. Andrei Shleifer and Robert Vishny (2011), ' Fire Sales in Finance and Macroeconomics', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 25 (1), Winter, 29-48 -- 37. Luc Laeven and Fabián Valencia (2013), 'The Real Effects of Financial Sector Interventions During Crises', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 45 (1), February, 147-77 -- 38. Emilios Avgouleas, Charles Goodhart and Dirk Schoenmaker (2013), 'Bank Resolution Plans as a Catalyst for Global Financial Reform', Journal of Financial Stability, 9 (2), June, 210-18
    Abstract: "Banks have a special position in the financial system. Their exclusive link to the central bank puts them at the top of the financial system and enables banks to offer liquidity to the wider economy. They also provide loans and payment services to firms and households. This multifaceted nature of banking makes the economics of banking exciting. Together with an original introduction by the editor, this collection assembles the best 'banking' papers on all these dimensions and will be invaluable for all banking scholars and practitioners"--
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 118
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839107481
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 250 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Räumlicher Wettbewerb ; Urbanisierung ; Stadtsoziologie ; Welt ; Sociology, Urban ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Stadtentwicklung ; Stadtsoziologie
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- PART I THE SUSTAINABLE CITY -- 1 Towards sustainable urban competitiveness? The role of organizing capacity and distributed leadership / Leo van den Berg and Luis Carvalho -- 2 The modern city and third places: new sources of sustainable entrepreneurs and competitiveness / Diane-Gabrielle Tremblay and Arnaud Scaillerez -- 3 Urbanization and sustainable urban development in China / Shen Jianfa -- 4 In search of an innovation economic geography / Edward Blakely -- 5 Evaluating the quality of comprehensive plans for urban resilience: the case of seven metropolitan cities in South Korea / Hyun-Woo Kim and Gi-Chan Kim -- PART II THE COMPETITIVE CITY -- 6 "Focused Research University"and "Matrix College": Incheon National University's strategies based on combination and permutation / Cho Dong-Sung -- 7 Human behavior and economic development: culture, psychology and the competitiveness of cities and regions / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 8 Must a competitive city be a tolerant city? / Peter Karl Kresl -- 9 Ecological environment competitiveness in emerging economies: a case of urban India / Shaleen Singhal and Meenakshi Kumar -- 10 Metropolitan development and geographical deconcentration in Mexico, 1980-2015 / Jaime Sobrino -- 11 Mexico: GVCs network development and the emergence of interactive cities 200/ Clemente Ruiz Durán -- 12 Mexican cities' innovative industry and competitiveness in the age of the modern city: changes between 1993 and 2013 / Isela Orihuela -- Index.
    Abstract: "This original book examines the experiences cities and urban areas have had with two principal concerns that confront them today: sustainability and competitiveness. Focusing on major cities in East Asia, North America, and Western Europe, Towards a Competitive, Sustainable Modern City illuminates the ways in which cities differ not only in their course and stages of development, but in the nature of their economies and their administrative structures. Featuring a wide-ranging set of contributions from top researchers, this book discusses and analyzes the issues that different cities face, such as social cohesion, tolerance and cultural diversity, and how this will determine their developmental trajectories through the coming decade. These issues are explored in relation to contemporary topics including the growing economy of robotics, the rising importance and use of artificial intelligence and the information and communications economy. Towards a Competitive, Sustainable Modern City will be an invaluable read for scholars and professors in urban economics and urban studies more broadly, particularly those who are focusing on the importance of sustainability in both areas. Its stimulating, yet accessible, approach to the topic and key case studies will also greatly benefit urban planners and economic policy makers looking to improve contemporary cities"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 119
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116237
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 349 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on intervention and statebuilding
    DDC: 327.1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intervention (International law) ; Nation-building ; Intervention ; Nationenbildung ; Intervention ; Konfliktregelung ; Internationaler Konflikt ; Internationale Politik ; Internationale Organisation ; Problemlösen ; Fähigkeit ; Failed State ; Begrenzte Staatlichkeit ; Institutionalisierung ; Handbuch ; Nation-building ; Intervention (International law) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Intervention ; State building
    Abstract: "This innovative Handbook offers a new perspective on the cutting-edge conceptual advances that have shaped - and continue to shape - the field of intervention and statebuilding. Bringing together leading global scholars, the Handbook on Intervention and Statebuilding offers a cross-cutting perspective on a wide array of themes. Chapters cover democracy promotion, transitional justice and humanitarianism, as well as the involvement of drones and cyber technology in conflicts. Employing state-of-the-art perspectives on the most crucial themes, this Handbook explores issues at the heart of contemporary statebuilding. This Handbook will be critical reading for researchers at all levels in the broad field of international relations and peace and conflict studies. Upper-level students of political science will also benefit from the breadth of topics covered"--
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to the handbook on intervention and statebuilding: Moving beyond the current orthodoxy / Nicolas Lemay-Hébert -- 2. Intervention and statebuilding beyond the human / David Chandler -- 3. Knowledge, expertise and the politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Roland Kostić -- 4. Post-conflict reconstruction, the local, and the indigenous / Elisa Randazzo -- 5. Data in the context of intervention and statebuilding / Isabel Rocha de Siqueira -- 6. The ambiguity of statebuilding / Florian P. Kühn -- 7. International statebuilding interventions and the politics of scale / Shahar Hameiri and Fabio Scarpello -- 8. Intervening in a diverse world: Revisiting the 'problem' of difference in international statebuilding / Pol Bargués-Pedreny and Xavier Mathieu -- 9. Decolonial 'interventions'? Potentials and challenges of decolonial perspectives / Philipp Lottholz -- 10. Democracy promotion and statebuilding / Sonja Grimm -- 11. Post-conflict statebuilding as contentious politics / Outi Donovan -- 12. State formation in the context of hybrid political orders / Volker Boege -- 13. The everyday politics of international intervention / Janosch Neil Kullenberg -- 14. Non-state actors, service delivery and statebuilding / Claire Mcloughlin -- 15. Clear, hold, build ... A 'local' state: Counterinsurgency and territorial orders in somalia / Louise Wiuff Moe -- 16. International political sociology of interventions / Médéric Martin-Mazé -- 17. From international justice and statebuilding to international justice as statebuilding / Sara Dezalay -- 18. Mapping the nexus of transitional justice and peacebuilding / Catherine Baker and Jelena Obradovic-Wochnik -- 19. Civilian protection in the context of interventions / Cecilia Jacob -- 20. The spatial dimensions of statebuilding / Annika Björkdahl and Stefanie Kappler -- 21. The temporal dimension in the study of interventions / Róisín Read and Roger Mac Ginty -- 22. Statebuilding and narrative / Josefin Graef and Raquel da Silva -- 23. Myths and the international politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Catherine Goetze -- 24. Cyber security: States, development and intervention / Kristan Stoddart -- 25. The plain drone, the armed drone and human security / Astri Suhrke -- 26. New forms of intervention: The case of humanitarian refugee biometrics / Katja Lindskov Jacobsen -- 27. Transnational environmental crime: From securitization to intervention and statebuilding / Lorraine Elliott -- 28. The aid bunker: Security risk management in conflict zones / Florian Weigand -- 29. From gendered war to gendered peace? Feminist perspectives on international intervention in sites of conflict / Maria O'Reilly -- 30. Romanticising the locals and the externals? Identifying challenges to a gendered ssr / Nina Wilén -- 31. The political economy of gender and peacebuilding / Yasmin Chilmeran and Jacqui True -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 120
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (192 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Also issued as:
    Keywords: Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 121
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788111753 , 9781788111751
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 216 pages)
    Uniform Title: Elgaronline: Social and Political Science Collection 2019
    DDC: 306.2
    Keywords: Political culture ; Political sociology ; Sociologie politique ; Political culture ; Political sociology
    Abstract: "This insightful book develops a new theoretical account of governance as regimes of governing practices that shape the political ordering of social relations. This account develops insights from sociology, politics and political economy and is 'post'-poststructuralist in scope. Chapters explore and synthesise three key features of governing that are often treated as contradictory: the historical contingency of statehood, the structured and unequal distribution of power and authority in governing, and the transformative possibilities of political action. This book proposes an innovative approach to governance analysis as a critical mode of empirical enquiry that is systematic, contextualised and holistic. In doing so, it also provides a new analytical framework to facilitate empirical investigation. Featuring tools of situated critique and analytical contextualisation, and with case study chapters that apply this framework in a range of empirical settings, this book is vital reading for all researchers of public policy and governance. Furthermore, researchers applying state theories to empirical investigation, and postgraduate students scrutinising complex governance settings, will also benefit from this book's theoretical account, analytical framework and case examples".
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Ontology, theory, epistemology -- 1. Introduction to governance analysis: critical enquiry at the intersection of politics, policy and society / Emma Carmel -- 2. Regimes of governing practices, socio-political order and contestation / Emma Carmel -- 3. Governance analysis: epistemological orientations and analytical framework / Emma Carmel -- Part II: Governing practices, statehoods and social inequalities -- 4. Governing skills, governing workplaces: explaining the new labour skills strategy for England / Hannah Durrant -- 5. The political ordering of migrant workers through labour admission policies / Regine Paul -- 6. Understanding the complexity and implications of the English care policy system / Fiona Morgan -- 7. Understanding the state-third sector relationship in public services delivery / Jenny Harlock -- Part III: Governing practices, social politics and contestation -- 8. Participatory governing through co-production and co-design / Michelle Farr -- 9. Participatory governing at the margins of the state / Sarah Morgan-Trimmer -- 10. Governing, politics and policy contestation within European networks / Hester Kan -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 122
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 367
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of agglomeration
    Keywords: Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Urban economics ; Megacities Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gilles Duranton and Henry G. Overman (2005), 'Testing for localization using micro-geographic data', Review of economic studies, 72 (4), December, 1077-106 -- 2. J. Vernon Henderson (2003), 'Marshall's scale economies', Journal of urban economics, 53 (1), January, 1-28 -- 3. Pierre-Philippe Combes, Gilles Duranton, and Laurent Gobillon (2008), 'Spatial wage disparities: sorting matters!', Journal of urban economics, 63 (2), March, 723-42 -- 4. Michael Greenstone, Richard Hornbeck and Enrico Moretti (2010), 'Identifying agglomeration spillovers: evidence from winners and losers of large plant openings', Journal of political economy, 118 (3), June, 536-98 -- 5. Pierre-Philippe Combes (2012), 'The productivity advantages of large cities: distinguishing agglomeration from firm selection', Econometrica, 80 (6), November, 2543-94 -- 6. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2003), 'Geography, industrial organization, and agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 85 (2), May, 377-93 -- 7. Mohammad Arzaghi and J. Vernon Henderson (2008), 'Networking off Madison Avenue', Review of economic studies, 75 (4), October, 1011-38 -- 8. Gabriel M. Ahlfeldt, Stephen J. Redding, Daniel M. Strum and Nikolas Wolf (2015), 'The economics of density: evidence from the Berlin Wall', Econometrica, 86 (6), November, 2127-89 -- 9. Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What causes industry agglomeration? Evidence from coagglomeration patterns', American economic review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- 10. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2001), 'The Determinants of Agglomeration', Journal of Urban Economics, 50 (2), September, 191-229 -- 11. Jordi Jofre-Monseny, Raquel Marín-López and Elisabet Viladecans-Marsal (2011), 'The mechanisms of agglomeration: evidence from the effect of inter-industry relations on the location of new firms', Journal of urban economics, 70 (2-3), September-November, 61-74 -- 12. Stephen B. Billings and Erik B. Johnson (2016), 'Agglomeration within an urban area', Journal of urban economics, 91, January, 13-25 -- 13. Giulia Faggio, Olmo Silva and William C. Strange (2017), 'Heterogeneous agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 99 (1), February, 80-94 -- 14. Gilles Duranton and Diego Puga (2001), 'Nursery cities: urban diversity, process innovation, and the life cycle of products', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1454-77 -- 15. Jeffrey Lin (2011), 'Technological adaptation, cities, and new work', Review of economics and statistics, 93 (2), May, 554-74 -- 16. Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2002), 'Bones, bombs, and break points: the geography of economic activity', American economic review, 92 (5), December, 1269-89 -- 17. Ajay Agrawal, Devesh Kapur and John McHale (2008), 'How do spatial and social proximity influence knowledge flows? Evidence from patent data', Journal of urban economics, 64 (2), September, 258-69 -- 18. Edward L. Glaeser, Sari Pekkala Kerr and William R. Kerr (2015), 'Entrepreneurship and urban growth: an empirical assessment with historical mines', Review of economics and statistics, 97 (2), April, 498-520 -- 19. Bruce Fallick, Charles A. Fleischman and James B. Rebitzer (2006), 'Job-Hopping in Silicon Valley: some evidence concerning the microfoundations of a high-technology cluster', Review of economics and statistics, 88 (3), October, 472-81.
    Abstract: 20. Hoyt Bleakley and Jeffrey Lin (2012), 'Thick-market effects and churning in the labor market: evidence from US cities', Journal of urban economics, 72 (2-3), September-November, 87-103 -- 21. Jorge De La Roca and Diego Puga (2017), 'Learning by working in big cities', Review of economic studies, 84 (1), January, 106-42 -- 22. Nathaniel Baum-Snow and Ronni Pavan (2011), 'Understanding the city size wage gap', Review of economic studies, 79 (1), August, 88-127 -- 23. Rebecca Diamond (2016), 'The determinants and welfare implications of US workers' diverging location choices by skill: 1980-2000', American economic review, 106 (3), March, 479-524 -- 24. Marigee Bacolod, Bernardo S. Blum and William C. Strange (2016), 'Skills in the city', Journal of urban economics, 65 (2), March, 136-53 -- 25. Joseph Gyourko, Christopher Mayer, and Todd Sinai (2013), 'Superstar cities', American economic journal: economic policy, 5 (4), November, 167-99 -- 26. Gianmarco Ottaviano, Takatoshi Tabuchi and Jacques-François Thisse (2002), 'Agglomeration and trade revisited', International economic review, 43 (2), May, 409-35 -- 27. Treb Allen and Costas Arkolakis (2014), 'Trade and the topography of the spatial economy', Quarterly journal of economics, 129 (3), June, 1085-140 -- 28. Thomas J. Holmes (2011), 'The diffusion of Wal-Mart and economies of density', Econometrica, 79 (1), January, 253-302.
    Abstract: "This inspiring collection compiles the most essential papers encompassing agglomeration economies. Agglomeration economies are manifested in cities and industry clusters shaping the neighborhoods and the regions that contain them. The literature is unified around several themes: Improvements in econometric methods and data, geographic scales at which agglomeration economies operate, micro-neighborhoods and mega-regions. The volume also uncovers the forces driving the field including labor markets, input markets and dynamic phenomena such as innovation, technology change and growth. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection promises to be a useful tool for scholars as well as a fascinating read to those interested in the subject area"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 123
    ISBN: 9781785367533
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries
    DDC: 658.421
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Schwellenländer ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Schwellenländer ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contextualizing entrepreneurship in-between emerging economies and developing countries / Marcela Ramírez-Pasillas, Ethel Brundin and Magdalena Markowska -- Part I: Contextualizing the top-down driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 2. The political economy of indigenous ethnic entrepreneurship: the Ethiopian experience / Hussien Yimam -- 3. Who is really an ethnic minority? the puzzling paradox of conceptualization of ethnic entrepreneurship / Hussien Yimam -- 4. Women entrepreneurship in Rwanda: overcoming entrepreneurial stereotypes through government support / Jean Bosco Shema and Samuel Mutarindwa -- 5. The impact of the institutional context on women entrepreneurship in Ethiopia: breaking the cycle of poverty? / Hailemickael Deres Mekonnen and Joaquin Cestino -- 6. Contextualizing entrepreneurship as an antidote to institutional evangelizing: "diezmo" and informal contract commissions in Mexico / Edmundo Ramírez-Pasillas and Hans Lundberg -- 7. Contextualizing universities for new venture creation: the case of family business students of Tecnologico de Monterrey in Mexico / Fernando Sandoval-Arzaga, David Xotlanihua-González, Geraldina Silveyra and Maria Fonseca-Paredes -- 8. The discursive formation of 'seriousness' in the ship canal rat race between Panama, Mexico and Nicaragua / Hans Lundberg -- Part II: Contextualizing the bottom-up driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 9. Jugaar as entrepreneurial resourcefulness / Khizran Zehra -- 10. Contextualizing entrepreneurial networks in Ethiopia: the case of the Ekubs of the Gurage ethnic group / Yaschilal Shitaye Anely -- 11. Contextualizing crowdfunding in low income countries: the case of Pakistan / Nadia Arshad -- 12. Exploring antecedents for new venture creation in Ethiopia / Yikaalo Welu Kidanemariam -- 13. Contextualizing entrepreneurial opportunity creation as an outcome of social embeddedness / Demeke Chimdessa Gutu and Jebessa Teshome Bayissa -- 14. Exploring institutional entrepreneurship in developing countries - copreneurs in the tourism industry: a Bolivian case / Maria José Parada and Alexandra Dawson -- 15. The interplay between the context and family business continuity in developing countries / Pierre Sindambiwe -- 16. Entrepreneurship in family businesses in Ethiopia / Ermias Werkilul Asfaw -- Part III: Contextualizing hybrid driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 17. Placing the Ugandan entrepreneurship paradox in context / Peter Rosa and Waswa Balunywa -- 18. Barranquilla's carnival: the place where identity meets societal entrepreneurship / Erika Arévalo -- 19. New firms' survival in Rwanda: an analysis of institutional and social contexts / Samuel Kamugisha -- 20. Daring to be different: a case of entrepreneurial stewardship in a Guatemalan family's coffee farm / Marcos Vega Solano and Allan Discua Cruz -- 21. Financial performance of family versus non-family firms in the context of an economy in turmoil: a market from 'developed' to 'emerging' / Diogenis Baboukardos and Naveed Akhter -- 22. A literature review on mixed-embeddedness for immigrant entrepreneurship: lessons for developing countries / Asres Abitie Kebede -- 23. Influences of immigrants from emerging economies and developing countries on immigrant entrepreneurship in Sweden / Quang evansluong -- 24. Epilogue - multiple embeddedness for entrepreneurship / Rodrigo Basco -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries presents us with a unique set of working attitudes, modes of thinking, social practices and processes. This book explores these characteristics, focusing on the conceptualization of entrepreneurship 'in-between'. It highlights top-down, bottom-up and hybrid initiatives as well as driving forces for entrepreneurial activities, presenting the diversity, nuances and multiplicity of facets of relevant but unexplored contexts that we need in order to expand our dominant and traditional understandings of entrepreneurship. This book examines entrepreneurship as a contextualized phenomenon from different theoretical and empirical perspectives, gathering a group of researchers with different nationalities, backgrounds and contexts to shed light on how societies with alternative paths of development trigger different entrepreneurial activities and practices. It covers geographical contexts from five continents in a novel and multifaceted analysis. Including case studies, literature reviews and discourse analysis, this book will be a valuable resource for academics and PhD students as well as programme directors in entrepreneurship, development studies and economic geography, and policymakers working with local and regional development and entrepreneurship
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: N. Akhter, E. Arévalo, D. Baboukardos, W. Balunywa, R. Basco, E. Brundin, J. Cestino, D. Chimdessa Gutu, A. Dawson, H. Deres Mekonnen, A. Discua Cruz, Q. Evansluong, M. Fonseca-Paredes, S. Kamugisha, A.A. Kebede, H. Lundberg, M. Markowska, S. Mutarindwa, M.J. Parada, E. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Ramirez Pasillas, P. Rosa, F. Sandoval-Arzaga, J.B. Shema, Y. Shitaye Anely, G. Silveyra, P. Sindambiwe, J. Teshome Bayissa, M. Vega Solano, Y. Welu Kidanemariam, E. Werkilul Asfaw, D.S. Xotlanihua-González, H. Yimam, K. Zehra
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 124
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 125
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 126
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 127
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 128
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785362965
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: The future research agenda for HRM / Paul Sparrow and Cary Cooper -- 2. HR Strategy, structure, and architecture / Dave Lepak, Kaifeng Jiang and Robert E. Ployhart -- 3. Talent management / David G. Collings, Anthony McDonnell and John McMackin -- 4. Using a risk-optimisation lens: Maximizing talent readiness for an uncertain future. / Wayne F. Cascio, John W. Boudreau and Allan H. Church -- 5. Managing the selection and retention of human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Jason Kautz -- 6. Human resource management and employee engagement / Alan M. Saks and Jamie A. Gruman -- 7. Workplace well-being: responsibilities, challenges and future directions / Susan Cartwright -- 8. Leadership models: the future research agenda for HRM / Patrick C. Flood and Johan Coetsee -- 9. Architectures of value: moving leaders beyond analytics and big data / Anthony Hesketh -- 10. HRM and productivity / Paul Sparrow and Lilian Otaye-Ebede -- 11. 'We are not creative here!' -- Creativity and innovation for non-creatives through HRM / Helen Shipton, Veronica Lin, Karin Sanders and Huadong Yang -- 12. Globalisation and human resource management / Chris Brewster, Adam Smale and Wolfgang Mayrhofer -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together. Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 129
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365577
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trust in regulatory regimes
    DDC: 352.8#23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Vertrauen ; Regulierung ; Selbstverpflichtung ; Welt ; Political participation ; Trust Political aspects ; Economic policy ; Industrial policy ; Electronic books ; Handel ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Trust in regulatory regimes: scoping the field / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- 2. The role of trust in the regulation of complex and high-risk industries: the case of the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration's voluntary disclosure programs / Russell W. Mills and Dorit Reiss -- 3. When the going gets tough: exploring processes of trust building and repair in regulatory relations / Frédérique Six and Hans Van Ees -- 4. Interorganizational trust in Flemish public administration: comparing trusted and distrusted interactions between public regulatees and public regulators / Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert -- 5. In vino veritas? the development of producer trust and its market effects in regulated French and Italian quality wine markets / Betsy Carter -- 6. Being everybody's accomplice: trust and control in eco-labelling / Lovisa Näslund and Kristina Tamm Hallström -- 7. Trust and cooperation over the public-private divide, an empirical study on trust evolving in co-regulation / Haiko Van der Voort -- 8. Deliberate trust-building by autonomous government agencies: evidence from responses to the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic / Erik Baekkeskov -- 9. An agenda for further research into the role of trust in regulatory regimes / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- Index.
    Abstract: Within political and administrative sciences generally, trust as a concept is contested, especially in the field of regulatory governance. This groundbreaking book is the first to systematically explore the role and dynamics of trust within regulatory regimes. Conceptualizing, mapping and analyzing trust between regulators, regulatees and citizens, expert contributors systematically review the existing empirical research on the role of trust within these relations. Further chapters offer new empirical material, with in-depth case studies covering different regulatory relations, regulatory issues and geographical areas. After scoping the field of inquiry and significantly adding to it, the book concludes with a proposal for a challenging and encompassing agenda for future research on trust in regulatory governance. Comprehensive and forward thinking, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of regulation, sociology, law, political science, public administration and trust. It will also offer a compelling read for practitioners working in the field of regulation
    Note: Contributors include: E. Baekkesko, G. Bouckaert, B. Carter, R.W. Mills, L. Näslund, P. Oomsels, D. Reiss, F. Six, K. Tamm Hallström, H. van der Voort, H. van Ees, K. Verhoest , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 130
    ISBN: 9781786434432
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: European research in entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour
    DDC: 658.4/21
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Intrapreneurship ; Schweden ; Irland ; Lettland ; Italien ; Brasilien ; Malaysia ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Businesspeople Psychological aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contributions on entrepreneurial behaviour research / Susana C. Santos, Craig Mitchell, Hans Landström, Alain Fayolle and António Caetano -- Part I: The entrepreneur as an individual and the theory of planned behaviour -- 2. Connecting the literature dots: a literature review on prototypes in entrepreneurship research / Sílvia Fernandes Costa, António Caetano, Arjan J. Frederiks and Susana C. Santos -- 3. Entrepreneurial potential among individuals with different entrepreneurial experience / Susana C. Santos, António Caetano, Sílvia Fernandes Costa and Xaver Neumeyer -- 4. Individual and cultural values as psychosocial cognitive antecedents and moderators of entrepreneurial intentions / Ricardo Figueiredo Belchior and Francisco Liñan -- Part II: Entrepreneurial education -- 5. Promoting entrepreneurship in an unfavourable setting: a case study of a university programme in Malaysia / Mohd Rashan, Inmaculada Jaén and Francisco Liñan -- 6. Formal mentorship in experiential entrepreneurship education: examining conditions for entrepreneurial learning among students / Gustav Hägg and Diamanto Politis -- 7. Social loafing in student entrepreneurship teams / Roisin Lyons, Theodore Lynn and Ciarán Mac an Bhaird -- 8. Perceived learning outcomes of experiential entrepreneurship education: the case of Latvian business schools / Inna Kozlinska, Tõnis Mets and Kärt Rõigas -- Part III: Corporate entrepreneurship/entrepreneurial orientation -- 9. Assembling the puzzle: the need to assess both the internal and external side of corporate entrepreneurship / Angelo Riviezzo -- 10. Linking SME's strategic orientation and international performance: insights from an empirical investigation in Italy / Angelo Riviezzo and Antonella Garofano -- 11. Does entrepreneurial orientation matter to strategic alliances formation: the influence of entrepreneurial orientation and leaders to the success of partnerships in business / Antonio Benedito de Oliveira, Mauro José de Oliveira and Roberto Carlos Bernardes -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years entrepreneurship has become one of the most popular fields of research in management studies. As the subject has broadened, increasing attention has been paid to the behavioural aspects of different practices to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities. This timely book analyses three key strands of contemporary research into entrepreneurial behaviour: intention, education and orientation. It offers novel insights that can be applied to foster entrepreneurial activities in different settings. The chapters in the book are divided into three parts. The contributors first focus on the entrepreneur as an individual and offer three innovative yet complementary approaches to entrepreneurial intentions. They go on to consider how entrepreneurial behaviour can be trained and learned, providing a much-needed theoretical anchor to pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship. The final part covers entrepreneurial behaviour at the organizational level and expertly tackles the popular topic of entrepreneurial orientation through novel empirical studies with diverse methodologies and multiple levels of analysis. Researchers and advanced students in management and entrepreneurship will benefit from the state-of-the-art analysis and innovative approaches presented. Entrepreneurship educators and policy-makers will also find this book to be stimulating reading, where they can find suggestions for an evidence-based practice
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R.F. Belchior, A. Benedito de Oliveira Junior, R.C. Bernardes, A. Caetano, S.F. Costa, M.J. de Oliveira, A.J. Frederiks, A. Garofano, G. Hägg, I. Jaén, I. Kozlinska, F. Liñan, T. Lynn, R. Lyons, C. Mac an Bhaird, T. Mets, R. Mohd, X. Neumeyer, D. Politis, A. Riviezzo, K. Rõigas, S.C. Santos
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 131
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berti, Marco Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis
    DDC: 658.4/5
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Diskurstheorie ; Metapher ; Wirtschaftsstudium ; USA ; Communication in organizations ; Electronic books ; Organisation ; Kommunikation ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: the aim and structure of the book -- 1. Language and organization -- 2. The discourse of 'organizational discourse -- 3. The power of metaphors -- 4. Discourse as a map -- 5. Discourse as organizing -- 6. Discource as mask: silence, emptiness and ambiguity in discourse -- 7. Organizational discourse analysis in practice: the case of business education discourse -- 8. References -- Index.
    Abstract: Our knowledge and understanding of organizations is both enabled and constrained by an invisible relationship of power that is embedded in the ways in which we act and speak. This book offers a succinct but comprehensive introduction to the vast field of organizational discourse analysis, the approach that studies organization as a linguistic phenomenon, and offers an original approach to investigate the relationship between materiality and discourse. Three original images of discourse are employed: discourse as a map, discourse as organizing and discourse as a mask. These metaphors are used as cognitive tools to highlight different implications and perspectives on discourse. The book critically compares and contrasts various linguistic-focused approaches to the study of organizations, and proposes the use of linguistic phenomena in connection with other methodologies. One section even offers an exemplification of the proposed approach to discourse analysis, presenting a map of discursive terrain, which plays a central role in the reproduction of local organizational and management discourses. This rich and approachable introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics who want to familiarize themselves with the organizational discourse debate
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 132
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Services, economy and innovation series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in service innovation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Dienstleistungsinnovation ; Marktforschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Service industries Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Service innovation research methods / Flemming Sørensen and Francesco Lapenta -- 2. Quantitative measurement instruments: a case of developing a method for measuring innovation in service firms / Jon Sundbo -- 3. The critical incident technique and everyday innovation / Lars Fuglsang -- 4. Laddering method in service innovation research / Niels Nolsøe Grünbaum -- 5. Narratives as driver for co-creating new stories of service / Anne Vorre Hansen -- 6. Mapping innovation processes: visual techniques for opening and presenting the black box of service innovation processes / Anne Rørbæk Olesen -- 7. Interpretivist analyses of social networks of service innovation / Jørn Kjølseth Møller and Flemming Sørensen -- 8. The role of social media data for research on user driven innovation / Ada Scupola -- 9. Using technology oriented scenario analysis for innovation research. the case of service innovation in financial services / Francesco Lapenta -- 10. Using future workshops for idea generation in engaged service innovation research / Ada Scupola -- 11. Service innovation field experiments: developing and testing new innovation processes / Flemming Sørensen -- 12. Service innovation in complex research projects: learnings from working within a triple helix framework / Claire Esther Staddon Forder -- Index.
    Abstract: Research Methods in Service Innovation provides an essential methodological toolbox for researchers, students and practitioners interested in better understanding innovation and improving innovation processes in service organisations. Each chapter presents a specific method, introduces its theoretical foundations, explains its practical application, and provides examples and suggestions for its implementation. The methods described include original and innovative methodological approaches, such as technology-oriented scenario analysis, experiments and laddering, as well as critical incident techniques, social network analysis, blogs, visual techniques, narratives and future workshops. Together, the chapters encourage readers to understand service innovation research as a process that requires creative methodological thinking. The book adapts various methods and processes from different areas of research, and evaluates their strengths, limitations and possible applications in specific areas of service innovation. Researchers and academics will find this collection to be an essential state-of-the-art resource for research in the fields of service innovation and innovation in general. The book will also appeal to practitioners and consultants dealing with both public and private service organisations
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: C. Forder, L. Fuglsang, N.N. Grünbaum, A.V. Hansen, F. Lapenta, J.K. Møller, A.R. Olesen, A. Scupola, F. Sørensen, J. Sundbo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 133
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713171
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies
    DDC: 658.8009172/4
    Keywords: Marketing ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Schwellenländer ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Marketing ; Verbraucherverhalten
    Abstract: Introduction: Marketing in emerging economies / Marin Marinov -- 1. Data collection procedures equivalence in emerging economy market research / Pervez N. Ghauri and Agnieszka Chidlow -- 2. Globalization, sustainability and marketing of health care in emerging market economies : doing good while doing well / Van R. Wood -- 3. Marketing accountability in emerging economy firms / Maja Arslanagic-Kalajdzic and Vesna Žabkar -- 4. Materialistic tendencies and adolescent healthy food consumption : setting the research agenda / Nesma Ammar, Noha El-Bassiouny and Ronia Hawash -- 5. Psychobranding of emerging economy firms : building emotional connections with local consumers / G. Nicolas Kfuri -- 6. Multinational corporation retailing in emerging economies : interplays of resistance, cooperation and transmutation / Marie-Laure Baron, Ruby Roy Dholakia and Nikhilesh Dholakia -- 7. Perceived advertising intrusiveness and avoidance in emerging economies - the case of China / Dan Petrovici, Svetla Marinova and Marin Marinov -- 8. Value branding in emerging economies as a social dimension in the Indian context / S. Ramesh Kumar and Svetla Marinova -- 9. Researching country image construct in the context of emerging economies / Durdana Ozretic-Dosen, Vatroslav Skare and Zoran Krupka -- 10. Opening the black box of Russian culture in B2B relationships / Carl-Arthur Solberg and Anzhelika Osmanova -- 11. Russian consumer behaviour : in search of a balance between national uniqueness and western mainstream / Sergei Sutyrin and Irina Vorobieva -- 12. Marketing in an emerging economy : the case of marketing in the Russian e-commerce market / Maria Smirnova, Vera Rebiazina and Anna Daviy -- 13. Marketing in Bulgaria : a small emerging economy and multi-cultural markets / Vesselin Blagoev and Mihael Minkov -- 14. Diffusion of supermarkets in Bangladesh - miles to go / M. Yunus Ali and Anisur Rahman Faroque.
    Abstract: Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts. Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations. Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: M.Y. Ali, N. Ammar, M. Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, M.-L. Baron, V. Blagoev, A. Chidlow, A. Daviy, N. Dholakia, R.R. Dholakia, N. El-Bassiouny, A.R. Faroque, P. Ghauri, R. Hawash, G.N. Kfuri, Z. Krupka, S.R. Kumar, M.A. Marinov, S.T. Marinova, M. Minkov, A. Osmanova, D. Ozretic-Dosen, D.A. Petrovici, V. Rebiazina, V. Skare, M. Smirnova, C.A. Solberg, S. Sutyrin, I. Vorobieva, V.R. Wood, V. Zabkar
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 134
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 135
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 136
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 137
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368714
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Leadership in women ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I Indian women leaders -- Part I Introduction: The Indian context -- 1. Jeroo Billimoria: Social entrepreneur -- 2. Astrid Lobo Gajiwala, Ph.D.: Head, Tata Memorial Hospital Tissue Bank -- 3. Corinne Kumar: International coordinator and founder, world courts of women -- 4. Sharma Sujata, Ph.D.: Director, Tapan Rehabilitation Society -- Part II Japanese women leaders -- Part II Introduction: The Japanese context -- 5. Hisa Anan: Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co. Ltd -- 6. Nobuko Hiwasa: Retired Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co., Ltd. -- 7. Yukako Kurose: General Manager, CSR Planning Office, Teijin Ltd -- 8. Ryoko Nagata: Senior Vice President, Japan Tobacco Inc -- 9. Mieko Yoshida: retired Executive Officer and General Manager of Quality Assurance Department, R&D and Quality Assurance Division, Nisshin Seifun Group Inc -- Part III Jordanian women leaders -- Part III Introduction: The Jordanian context -- 10. Jumana Ghunaimat: Editor-in-Chief, Al Ghad Newspaper -- 11. Reem Abu Hassan, JD: Attorney at Law -- 12. Nadia Shamroukh: Chairwoman, Jordanian Women's Union -- Part IV United Kingdom women leaders -- Part IV Introduction: The United Kingdom context -- 13. Terrie Alafat, CBE: Chief Executive, Chartered Institute of Housing -- 14. Claire Jenkins: Non-Executive Director, Sports Direct International plc -- 15. Francesca Raleigh O'Connell: Founder, SculptureLondon -- 16. Professor Catherine Peckham, CBE, MD, FMedSci: Professor of Paediatric Epidemiology, University College London -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: Global Women Leaders showcases narratives of women in business, nonprofit organizations and the public sector who have achieved leadership positions despite cultural obstacles and gender bias. Featuring leaders from India, Japan, Jordan and the United Kingdom, the book examines how these women have overcome challenges and served as role models in their professions. Regina Wentzel Wolfe and Patricia H. Werhane present stories of these women leaders within their unique cultural contexts. Standout features include models of feminist leadership behaviors and interrogations of the dominant paradigm of male leadership. Challenges for women in the workplace, systems thinking and various female leadership styles are also explored. The successes of the leaders featured in this book will be of interest to those in public, private and nonprofit sector organizations as well as academics and students teaching and studying feminist leadership, MBA students and entrepreneurs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 138
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786432698
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Erickson, G. Scott New methods of market research and analysis
    Keywords: Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marketing research ; Business intelligence ; Electronic books ; Marketing ; Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marktanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Big data and marketing analytics -- 2. Exploratory research design -- 3. Descriptive research design -- 4. Causal research design -- 5. Other topics in research and analytics -- 6. Analytics 1: big data -- 7. Analytics 2: marketing analytics -- Index.
    Abstract: New Methods of Market Research and Analysis prepares readers for the new reality posed by big data and marketing analytics. While connecting to traditional research approaches such as surveys and focus groups, this book shows how new technologies and new analytical capabilities are rapidly changing the way marketers obtain and process their information. In particular, the prevalence of big data systems always monitoring key performance indicators, trends toward more research using observation or observation and communication together, new technologies such as mobile, apps, geo-locators, and others, as well as the deep analytics allowed by cheap data processing and storage are all covered and placed in context. Scott Erickson goes beyond the buzzwords to provide relevant explanations of the meaning and impact of both big data and analytics, placing them in context with traditional marketing research. His engaging subject matter focuses on the practical aspects of big data concepts, precisely defining and illustrating key concepts and providing illuminating real world examples. This approachable style enables marketers to understand what data scientists are doing with big data systems and analytics, giving them a taste of the capabilities of contemporary statistical software and its practical applications This book can be used as a supplement to a traditional marketing research text or on its own. It will serve as a key reference for graduate students and advanced undergraduates in marketing research, marketing analytics, or business intelligence courses as well as marketing professionals looking to stay up to date with current trends and have them explained in a context they understand
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 139
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar field guides
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Field guide to leadership development
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Preparing for the feast: the leadership development field guide -- Part I -- Relational based approaches -- 2. A practice-based approach to developing ethically responsible leaders / Donna Ladkin -- 3. COllegiate leadership competition: an opportunity for deliberate practice on the road to expertise / Scott Allen -- 4. Going for GOLD: leadership development through a quasi-non-executive board in the SME context / Stewart Barnes, Sue Smith and Steve Kempster: -- Part II -- Narrative-based approaches -- 5. Learning to lead: biographical inquiry through Goolsby Interviews / James Campbell Quick, Keri DeCay, Navadha Modha, and John L. Goolsby: -- 6. Leadership development using the poetic voice of care ethics / Andrew Armitage -- 7. Using Greek Mythology in leadership development - the role of archetypes for self-reflection / Doris Schedlitzki, Carol Jarvis and Janice MacInnes -- 8. Tents': constructing a narrative of leadership learning / Steve Kempster -- Part III -- Artefact based approaches -- 9. Leadership artefacts: a process of storytelling within newly formed groups. / Emma Watton and Phillipa Chapman -- 10. Leadership development through videography / Jon Billsberry -- 11. Multi-ethnic, contemporary and historical puppets / Arthur Turner -- 12. Seeing beyond the usual - the social photo matrix as an experiential method of leadership development / Wadii Serhane, Sigrid Endres and Jürgen Weibler -- Part IV -- Place-based approaches -- 13. Developing the practice of framing...softly, softly catchee monkey / Fiona Kennedy and Ralph Bathurst -- Part V -- Reflections on practice -- 14. Facing the monsters: embracing liminality in leadership development / Beverley Hawkins and Gareth Edwards -- 15. Leadership exchange: contextualised learning about how leadership is accomplished and personalised leadership development / Jonathan Gosling and Simon Western -- 16. Walking with wordsworth: exploring leadership as purpose through the prelude / Steve Kempster and Simon Bainbridge -- 17. Taking action on the grand leadership challenges: 'collaboratory' as leadership development / Steve Kempster, Mary Uhl-Bien and Eric Guthey -- Index.
    Abstract: This Field Guide offers a rich variety of academic approaches to facilitate leadership development in adults. It is an invaluable resource, giving insightful worked examples linked to theory and reflective commentary. The extensive experiences of world leading exponents of leadership development are distilled into practical application for immediate use. The Editors have selected a diverse range of approaches to leadership development which demonstrate the broad platform of techniques and methods that enable leadership in individuals and organisations to flourish. This Field Guide is embedded in theoretical and academic ideas but still provides accessible and comprehensive knowledge to development teams. Key points at the end of each chapter help the reader to adopt or translate the approaches for their own organisation and industrial context. This Field Guide will be an invaluable resource for human resource specialists, learning facilitators and trainers, and faculty heads. It will also appeal to leadership academics and postgraduate students, such as Masters students in business and psychology, and those focusing on careers in human resources and education
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 140
    ISBN: 9781784711214
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Corporate power Political aspects ; Corporations Political activity ; Corporations Political aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Political affairs in the global domain / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom. -- 1. Building an architecture for political influence: Atlas and the transnational institutionalization of the neoliberal think tank / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. Global policy bricolage: the role of business in the World Economic Forum / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom -- 3. Policy making as collective bricolage: the role of the electricity sector in the European carbon market / Mélodie Cartel, Eva Boxenbaum, Franck Aggeri and Jean-Yves Caneill -- 4. Lobbying in practice: an ethnographic field study of public affairs consultancy / Anna Tyllström -- 5. Firms' political strategies in a new public/private environment: the Boeing case / Hervé Dumez and Alain Jeunemaître -- 6. Corporate advocacy in the internet domain: shaping policy through data visualizations? / Mikkel Flyverbom -- 7. Talking like an institution: on the gentle voices of financial giants / Anette Nyqvist -- 8. Exploring corporations' activism: predatory modus operandi and its effects on institutional field dynamics / Mar Perezts, Xavier Philippe, Sebastien Picard and Véronique Steyer -- 9. Political chocolate: branding it fairtrade / Renita Thedvall -- 10. Competitive and self-destructive market actors / Bo Rothstein -- Reflections: Leaving Flatland? Planar discourses and the search for the G-axis. / David A. Westbrook -- Index.
    Abstract: Power, Policy and Profit investigates the many ways in which corporate actors attempt to influence political activities. Through the intensified globalization of markets, the restructuring of welfare services and the accumulation of private capital, opportunities for corporate influence in politics affairs are shown to have multiplied. Bringing together different fields of global governance studies, this book addresses the rising political influence of corporate actors both nationally and internationally. Corporate influence on policy is now commonplace through lobbying, advocacy and campaign contributions; funding analysis and research; creating or adopting standards for social responsibility and shaping transparency guidelines. Key chapters show how corporations can now have leverage in broad political affairs: an activity central to the organization of markets. Power, Policy and Profit will be of great interest to students and academics of business and management, politics and governance studies. Policy professionals will find this a timely read on the complexities of corporate engagement in politics and governance
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 141
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786435781
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Climatic changes Law and legislation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / A. Averchenkova, S. Fankhauser and M. Nachmany -- Part I -- How climate change legislation comes about -- 2. The national and international drivers of climate change legislation / A. Clare, S. Fankhauser and C. Gennaioli -- 3. Climate change legislation and policy in China, the European Union and the United States / I. Neuweg and A. Averchenkova -- 4. Climate legislation in the least developing countries / M. Nachmany, A. Abeysinghe and S. Barakat -- Part II -- What climate change legislation should contain -- 5. The normative foundations of climate legislation / F. Green -- 6. Institutional aspects of climate legislation / A. Averchenkova and M. Nachmany -- 7. Good practice in low-carbon policy / A. Bowen and S. Fankhauser -- Part III -- Climate change legislation in the wider context -- 8. Climate policy at the sub-national level / I. Galarraga, E. Sainz de Murieta and Joan França -- 9. Regulating climate change in the courts / J. Setzer and M. Bangalore -- 10. Climate legislation and international commitments / A. Averchenkova and S. Matikainen -- Index.
    Abstract: A deepening understanding of the importance of climate change has caused a recent and rapid increase in the number of climate change or climate-related laws. Trends in Climate Change Legislation offers an astute analysis of the political, institutional and economic factors that have motivated this surge, placing it into context. By focusing the analysis on both developed and developing countries, the contributors offer an extensive exploration of climate change legislation, and how it has been enacted on a global scale. Vitally, they make the link between the international commitments under the Paris Agreement and their delivery at national level. Concluding that strong climate legislation is essential to give credibility to the pledges that countries made in Paris, this book identifies the key provisions that good climate laws should contain, and addresses factors that influence the passing of climate laws. This stimulating and informative book will be of particular interest to parliamentarians, policy makers and lawyers involved in areas of climate policy and environmental law. It will also appeal to students and researchers with an interest in climate change legislation
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 142
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713263
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Arbeitsgruppe ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Family-owned business enterprises Methodology ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Gruppe
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Mike Wright -- 1. Introduction / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh and Thomas M. Cooney -- Part I Learning from theory and practice -- 2. Entrepreneurial teams research in movement / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh -- 3. Urban legends or sage guidance: a review of common advice about entrepreneurial teams / Phillip H. Kim and Howard E. Aldrich -- Part II Developing entrepreneurial teams -- 4. Entrepreneurial team formation: the role of the family / Giovanna Campopiano, Tommaso Minola and Lucio Cassia -- 5. Entrepreneurs' perspectives on the structuring phase of the entrepreneurial team / L. Martin Cloutier, Sandrine Cueille and Gilles Recasens -- 6. Which deep-level diversity compositions of new venture teams lead to success or failure? / Stephanie Schoss, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 7. The more the merrier: how owner-manager team size influences the potential economic contribution of owner-managed businesses across the world / Jonathan Levie and Johan P. de Borst -- 8. Dispositional antecedents of shared leadership emergent states on entrepreneurial teams / Wencang Zhou and Donald Vredenburgh -- Part III Contextualizing entrepreneurial teams -- 9. Family entrepreneurial teams / Allan Discua Cruz, Elias Hadjielias and Carole Howorth -- 10. Te Ohu Umanga Māori: temporality and intent in the Māori entrepreneurial team / Mānuka Hēnare, Billie Lythberg, Amber Nicholson and Christine Woods -- 11. Ethnic diversity in entrepreneurial teams and the role of culture shock on performance / Jean-François Lalonde -- 12. Women empowerment through Government Loaned Entrepreneurship Teams (GLETs) in Kenya / Mary Wanjiru Kinoti, Moses Kibe Kihiko and Thomas M. Cooney -- 13. Entrepreneurial teams in social entrepreneurship: when team heterogeneity facilitates organizational hybridity / Frédéric Dufays and Benjamin Huybrechts -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years there has been an increasing body of evidence suggesting that firms founded by entrepreneurial teams are more likely to achieve fast growth than firms founded by lone actors. This Research Handbook explores the position of entrepreneurial teams within existing literature and challenges current perspectives through a diverse range of research lenses. Research Handbook on Entrepreneurial Teams expands the boundaries of entrepreneurship literature by examining essential issues such as formation, structuring, deep-level diversity and emergent states. The chapters also consider different contexts of application and investigate under-researched topics such as entrepreneurial teams within indigenous communities, ethnically diverse groups and women entrepreneurs. This comprehensive Research Handbook offers a wide range of research methodologies, perspectives and insights that will appeal to scholars, practitioners and entrepreneurs alike
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, C. Ben-Hafaïedh, M. Brettel, G. Campopiano, L. Cassia, L.M. Cloutier, T.M. Cooney, S. Cueille, J.P. De Borst, A. Discua Cruz, F. Dufays, E. Hadjielias, M. Hēnare, C. Howorth, B. Huybrechts, M.K. Kihiko, P.H. Kim, M.W. Kinoti, J.-F. Lalonde, J. Levie, B. Lythberg, R. Mauer, T. Minola, A. Nicholson, G. Recasens, S. Schoss, D. Vredenburgh, C. Woods, W. Zhou , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 143
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364969
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Sandwich generation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction and context -- 1. The sandwich generation: individual, family, organizational and societal -- Challenges and opportunities / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Challenges faced by sandwiched caregivers / Shelley I. White-Means -- 3. Intergenerational relations in later life families. / Nancy Mandell and Ann H. Kim -- Part II: Taking care of caregivers -- 4. Supporting the caregiver in dementia / Sheilla M. Loboprabhu and Victor A. Molinari -- 5. Resource effects in the caregiving process / Claire E. Greaves, Stacey L. Parker, Hannes Zacher and Nerina L Jmmieson -- Part III: The important role of organizations -- 6. Caregiving and organizational support. / Hannes Zacher, Cort W. Rudolph and Claudia Reinicke -- 7. The effect of work hours and workplace policies on sandwiched caregivers / Jennifer Reid Keene, Takashi Yamashita and Anastasia H. Prokos -- Part IV: Policy context -- 8. National context and employer-driven work-life policies / Ariane Ollier-Malterre -- 9. Residential segregation and heath of African Americans: challenges for the future / Aparna Mitra -- 10. Missing mature age women in Australia's aged care sector / Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Therese Jefferson and Rachel Ong -- 11. Childcare and eldercare policies in Sweden / Petra Ulmanen -- 12. What to expect when the unexpected happens: becoming a caregiver / Lisa Calvano -- Index.
    Abstract: Rising life expectancy has led to the growth of the 'Sandwich Generation' - men and women who are caregivers to their children of varying ages as well as for one or both parents whilst still managing their own household and work responsibilities. This book considers both the strains and benefits of this position. Tackling a myriad of issues such as gender, parents and parents-in-law, ethnic differences, residential status, and developing changes in the caregiving relationship such as Alzheimer's or dementia, this book highlights the complexities of the caregiving relationship. Key chapters also address potential benefits including improved relationships, skill set development and generously giving to another. Expert contributors use examples to illustrate the need for organizations to address increases in caregiving among their employees and develop supportive policies and initiatives. They further show that there is a need at the country level to integrate employees, communities, employers, businesses and levels of government to deal with this increasing trend. This timely book will prove an indispensible reference for academics and students interested in the sandwich generation, caregiving and health. Its practical approach will also benefit human resource management professionals, managers dealing with sandwiched employees and health administrators at various levels of government
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R. Attieh, S. Austen, R. Burke, L. Calvano, C.E. Greaves, T. Jefferson, N.L. Jimmieson, A.H. Kim, S. LoboPrabhu, N. Mandell, A. Mitra, V. Molinari, A. Ollier-Malterre, R. Ong, S.L. Parker, A.H. Prokos, J. Reid Keene, C. Reinicke, C.W. Rudolph, R. Sharp, P. Ulmanen, S.I. White Means, T. Yamashita, H. Zacher
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 144
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (544 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employee health promotion ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction: why well-being matters -- 1. Work and well-being / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. The many "faces" of well-being / Thomas A. Wright, Kyle J. Emich and Dorothy Klotz -- 3. Job demands in a changing world / Bettine Kubicek and Christian Korunka -- 4. Models in work and health research: the JDC(S) and JD-R frameworks / Toon Taris -- Part II: Work and well-being: the bad news -- 5. Burnout and well-being / Adam Pervez and Jonathon Halbesleben -- 6. Job insecurity: implications for employee well-being -- Tahira M. Probst and Lindsey M. Lavaysse -- 7. Precarious employment: what it means for workers and their families / Wayne Lewchuk and Michelynn Lafleche -- Part III: An analysis of work and health in some occupations -- 8. Well-being of farmers and miners: a study on the occupational and safety risks of these vulnerable populations / Jinky Leilanie del Prado-Lu -- 9. Work and wellbeing in the construction industry / Helen Lingard and Michelle Turner -- 10. Stress in policing: sources, consequences and interventions / Ronald J. Burke -- 11. Workplace mental health in the veterinary sector strategies for veterinary organizations / Kathryn M. Page, N.J. Reavley, A.J. Milner, J. Weston, C.E. Thomson and A.D. Lamontagne -- Part IV: Work and well-being: the good news. -- 12. Leadership and employee well-being / Sophie Vincent-Hoper, Friederike Hull, Sabine Gregersen and Albert Nienhaus -- 13. Work engagement and employee well-being / Paul Fairlie -- 14. Gratitude: an antidote to work stress. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Barbara L. Ahrens -- 15. Developing psychological capital to boost work performance and wellbeing. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Jeff Dahms -- 16. A safe workplace environment. / Sharon Clarke -- 17. Work-family enrichment: a literature review / Valerie J. Morganson and Holly C.Atkinson -- 18. Finding the balance: initiatives to promote work-life balance / Arla Day and Nikola Hartling -- Part V: Interventions addressing the work-well-being relationship -- 19. The global workplace and the new work hazards: what are the necessary responses at the national and firm levels? / Jinky Leilanie del Pradu-Lu -- 20. Leadership -- Interventions to improve well-being / E. Kevin Kelloway and Jennifer K. Dimoff -- 21. Mindfulness at work / Kathleen A. Moore -- 22. Corporate wellness programs: do they increase employee well-being? / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 23. Psychologically healthy workplace practices and employee well-being. / David W. Ballard and Matthew J. Grawitch -- Index.
    Abstract: Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being examines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 145
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857937957
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management
    DDC: 658.8/02
    RVK:
    Keywords: Marketingmanagement ; Innovation ; Kreativität ; Marketing ; Creative ability in business ; Electronic books ; Marketingmanagement
    Abstract: Introduction / Eric Shiu -- 1. What is innovation? / Søren Harnow Klausen -- 2. Product design innovation - trade-off decisions on functionality, aesthetics and sustainability from the consumer perspective / Eric Shiu -- 3. Innovation performance in service industries - unlocking the intricate effects of strategic orientations and the business model / Colin Cheng -- 4. Organizing for creativity / Farida Rasulzada -- 5. Four decades of engaging customers in product innovation / Mai Khanh Tran -- 6. Developing a conceptual model of the impacts of electronic word-of-mouth on innovation adoption / Yingying Qian -- 7. Cultural influences on innovation resistance : a conceptual framework / Nasir Salari -- 8. The influence of personality on creativity / Eva Hoff and Ingegerd Carlsson -- 9. Chan/Zen of creativity management / Ai-Girl Tan -- 10. Creativity in advertisement : how advertisements strike people - a critical discussion of the role of original ideas and background music / Alessandro Antonietti and Barbara Colombo -- Concluding remarks / Eric Shiu.
    Abstract: This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 146
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 147
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 148
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785367649
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Creating resilient economies
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Coping-Strategie ; Regionalentwicklung ; Industrie ; Welt ; Financial crises Prevention ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- Part I : The resilience of entrepreneurs, industrial sectors and cities -- 2. Strategies for resilience in entrepreneurship: building resources for small business survival after a crisis / Rachel Doern -- 3. The resilience of entrepreneurs and small business in the depths of a recessionary crisis / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- 4. Vulnerability and adaptability: Post-crisis resilience of SMEs in Denmark / Christian Kjær Monsson -- 5. Resilience, adaptation and survival in industry sectors: Remaking and remodelling of the automotive sector / Gill Bentley, David Bailey and Daniel Braithwaite -- 6. The evolution of economic resilience in cities: Re-invention versus replication / James Simmie -- 7. Path dependency, entrepreneurship, and economic resilience in resource-driven economies. Lessons from the Newfoundland offshore oil industry, Canada / Cédric Brunelle and Ben Spigel -- 8. Resilient regions and open innovation: the evolution of smart cities and civic entrepreneurship / Jennifer Clark -- Part II: The resilience of local and regional economies -- 9. Governance, civic leadership and resilience / Chay Brooks -- 10. Entrepreneurship, culture and resilience: the determinants of local development in uncertain times / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 11. The resilience of growth strategies / Lee Pugalis, Nick Gray and Alan Townsend -- 12. Local economic resilience in Italy / Paolo Di Caro -- 13. Evolutionary perspectives on economic resilience in regional development / Emil Evenhuis and Stuart Dawley -- 14. Regional resilience: the critique revisited / Huiwen Gong and Robert Hassink -- 15. Final thoughts and reflections -- Index
    Abstract: Economic resilience is an emergent field in the social sciences. In this timely book, key scholars examine how individuals, organisations, regions and nations are affected by internal and external crises, and consider how the ways in which they respond will determine their future growth path. Providing a coherent and clear narrative, Creating Resilient Economies offers a theoretical analysis of resilience and provides guidance to policymakers with regards to fostering more resilient economies and people. It adeptly illustrates how resilience thinking can offer the opportunity to re-frame economic development policy and practice and provides a clear evidence base of the cultural, economic, political and social conditions that shape the adaptability, flexibility and responsiveness to crises in their many forms. Academics and scholars across the social sciences will find this book an enlightening gateway into the subject of economic resilience. Its eminently practical approach will also benefit government policy makers interested in how localities, regions and nations can respond more effectively to crises
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 149
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 150
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 151
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369018
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jain, Subhash C., 1942 - Reshaping India in the new global context
    DDC: 338.954
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Wachstumspolitik ; Indien ; India Economic conditions 1947- ; India Economic policy 1991- ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. India gains independence -- 3. Birth of the Republic of India -- 4. India's survival -- 5. Independent India -- 6. Contemplating the future -- 7. In search of a dream -- 8. Restarting India: job creation -- 9. Restarting India: enhancing agriculture, infrastructure, education and innovation -- 10. Restarting India: addressing other growth issues -- 11. Future: the strategic thrust -- 12. Future: the strategic levers -- 13. 100 years after independence -- Index.
    Abstract: This book traces the history of India's progress since its independence in 1947 and advances strategies for continuing economic growth. Insiders and outsiders that have criticized India for slow economic growth fail to recognize all it has achieved in the last seven decades, including handling the migration of over 8 million people from Pakistan, integrating over 600 princely states into the union, managing a multi-language population into one nation and resolving the food problem. The end result is a democratic country with a strong institutional foundation. Following the growth strategies outlined in the book and with a strong leadership, India has the potential to stand out as the third largest economy in the world in the next 25 to 30 years. Subhash Jain and Ben Kedia delve into India's development and emergence as an economic power, one of the three countries that can make its own supercomputers, one of the six countries that can launch satellites and that has the second largest small car market in the world. They discuss its need for innovative initiatives and top leadership to pursue an agenda of economic growth, and monitored policies to encourage entrepreneurship at all levels. With an emphasis on the new leadership of Prime Minister Modi, the book identifies policies that need to be adopted to make India's future bright and prosperous. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars interested in India and invested in its progress, as well as policymakers, government officials and corporations considering India as a place to expand and do business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 152
    ISBN: 9781781954188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of international human resource development
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personalentwicklung ; Manpower policy Evaluation ; Manpower planning ; Electronic books ; Personalentwicklung ; Internationales Management
    Abstract: Contents: 1. International HRD: context, processes and people - Introduction / Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy and Ronan Carbery -- Part 1: context -- 2. IHRD in MNCs / Yanqing Lai, Thomas Garavan and Ronan Carbery -- 3. IHRD in international non-governmental organisations, not-for-profits and public sector / Hussain Alhejji and Thomas Garavan -- 4. IHRD in small firms and internationalising SMEs / Ciara T. Nolan -- 5.IHRD: national cultural and cross-cultural perspectives / Yanqing Lai -- 6. IHRD: international perspectives on competence and competencies / Jonathan Winterton -- 7 IHRD: investment in human capital and performance / Maura Sheehan and Valerie Shanahan -- Part 2: processes -- 8. Green IHRD, sustainability and environmental issues / Claire Valentin -- 9. IHRD and managing knowledge / Alexandre Ardichvili -- 10. IHRD, offshoring and outsourcing / Valerie Anderson and Vijay Pereira -- 11. IHRD and lean management / Meera Alagaraja -- 12. IHRD and strategic learning capability / Hanna Moon and Wendy E.A. Ruona -- 13. IHRD and virtual HRD / Elisabeth Bennett and Rochell McWhorter -- 14. IHRD, social capital and networking / Claire Gubbins -- Part 3: People development practices -- 15. IHRD: developing expatriates and inpatriates / Gary N. McLean, Junhee Kim and Oranuch (Jued) Pruetipibultham -- 16 .IHRD and global careers / Michelle Hammond, Deirdre O'Shea and Jill Pearson -- 17. IHRD and leader development / Nicholas Clarke -- 18. IHRD and developing global teams / Gary N. McLean and Sewon Kim -- 19. IHRD, diversity and inclusion / Julie Gedro -- 20. IHRD and global talent development / Andrew Bratton, Thomas Garavan, Norma D'Annunzio Green and Kirsteen Grant -- Part 4: researching IHRD -- 21. Researching IHRD: context, processes and people / Anthony McDonnell -- Index.
    Abstract: This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 153
    ISBN: 9781788110396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Decision making ; Business enterprises ; Persons ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: The quake -- 1. Decisions -- 2. Individuals as decision makers -- 3. Organizations as decision makers -- 4. The consequences of decisions -- 5. Complex decision processes -- After the tsunami -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Decision-making is an activity in which everyone is engaged on a more or less daily basis. In this book, Karin Brunsson and Nils Brunsson explore the intricacies of decision-making for individuals and organizations. When, how and why do they make decisions? The authors identify four distinct ways of reasoning that decision makers use. The consequences of decisions vary: some promote action, others impede it, and some produce more responsibility than others. With in-depth discussions of rationality, justifications and hypocrisy, the authors show how organizational and political decision processes become over-complicated and difficult for both decision makers and external observers to understand. Decisions is a concise and easy-to-read introduction to a highly significant and intriguing topic. Based on research from several fields, it provides useful reading and essential knowledge for scholars and students throughout the social sciences and for everyone who wants to understand their own decisions and those of others
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 154
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783473250
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Floyd, Steven W., 1950 - Handbook of middle management strategy process research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittleres Management ; Strategisches Management ; Middle managers ; Executives Training of ; Middle managers ; Electronic books ; Mittleres Management ; Führungskraft ; Abteilungsleiter
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1: -- The unit of analysis -- 1. The role of middle and top managers in the strategy process / Xavier Castañer and Howard Yu -- 2. Functions of the mezzanine / Anurag Sharma -- 3. Some middle managers are more influential than others: -- an approach for identifying strategic influence / Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd -- Part 2: -- Explorations of existing theory -- 4. The role of issue selling in effective strategy making / Susan J. Ashford, Madeline Ong, Gareth D. Keeves -- 5. Strategy-as-practice research on middle managers and sensemaking / Juila Balogun and Linda Rouleau -- 6. Middle managers' emotion management in strategy process / Quy Nguyen Huy and Yidi Guo -- 7. Middle managers : the lynchpins in the corporate entrepreneurship process / Donald F. Kuratko -- Part 3: -- Theoretical developments -- 8. Developing theory about the development of theory / Henry Mintzberg -- 9. Complex strategic integration at nike : strategy process and strategy-as-practice combined / Robert A. Burgelman -- 10. A conceptual framework of middle managers' strategic role flexibility / Ruifang Wang, Patrick T. Gibbons, Ciaran Heavey -- 11. Minztberg's pattern : Middle managers in polyphonic strategy process / Saku Mantere -- 12. Middle management engagement in strategic planning routines - a mindfulness perspective / Carola Wolf -- Part 4: -- Methodological alternatives -- 13. Middle management and strategy process : Toward a pluralistic theory of power / Torsten Schmid -- 14. Measuring the middle : the use of social network analysis in middle management research / David G. Cohen and Sudhir Nair -- 15. Choreographies we strategize by : using video methodology in the study of embodiment / Philip Gylfe -- Part 5: -- Empirical explorations -- 16. A psychological perspective on middle managers' strategic championing behavior / Nüfer Yasin Ates, Murat Tarakci, Yoojung Ahn, Steven W. Floyd and Bill Wooldridge -- 17. The knowledge brokering role of middle managers : the case of hybrid middle managers in a professionalalized organization / Graeme Currie and Nicola Burgess -- 18. Middle managers and corporate entrepreneurship : unpacking strategic roles and assessing performance implications / Johanna Mair -- 19. The interface of top and middle managers : taking stock and moving forward / Anneloes Raes and Koen van Vlijmen -- Index.
    Abstract: With contributions from some of the field's most influential scholars, this Handbook provides a path forward for students and researchers interested in strategy process research from a middle management perspective. This groundbreaking Handbook both reviews existing theory and explores new ground concerning key issues surrounding middle managers' influence on strategy making. Split into five distinct sections, the book explicates the unit of analysis and presents foundational theories, emerging models, cutting-edge methods, and original empirical research in strategy process research. Contributors with diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives identify and address a wide range of research issues relevant to middle managers' participation in strategy making, such as social network analysis and video methodology. Standout chapters include one on complex strategic integration by Robert A. Burgelman and one on the development of theory by Henry Mintzberg. This Handbook is a must-read for academics interested in strategy process research as it suggests novel research approaches for addressing relevant phenomena and provides an up-to-date review of the extant literature in the area
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 155
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785367281
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of methods in leadership research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Forschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Leadership Methodology ; Electronic books ; Führung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Chapter 1: Introduction and overview / Birgit Schyns, Pedro Neves and Rosalie Hall -- Measurement and design -- 2. Implicit measures for leadership research / SinHui Chong, Emilija Djurdjevic and Russell E. Johnson -- 3. Puppet masters in the lab: experimental methods in leadership research / Eric F. Rietzschel, Barbara Wisse and Diana Rus -- 4. Assessing leadership behavior with observational and sensor-based methods: a brief overview / Alexandra (Sasha) R. Cook and Bertolt Meyer -- 5. The contribution of sophisticated facial expression coding to leadership research / Savvas Trichas -- 6. Behavioral genetics and leadership research / Wen-Dong Li, Remus Ilies and Wei Wang -- 7. Biosensor approaches to studying leadership / Aurora J. Dixon, Jessica M. Webb and Chu-Hsiang (Daisy) Chang -- Quantitative analytic approaches -- 8. Mediation analysis in leadership studies: new developments and perspectives / Rex Kline -- 9. Person-oriented approaches to leadership: a roadmap forward / Roseanne J. Foti and Maureen E. McCusker -- 10. Multi-level issues and dyads in leadership research / Francis J. Yammarino and Janaki Gooty -- 11. A social network approach to examining leadership / Markku Jokisaari -- 12. Diary studies in leadership / Sandra Ohly and Viktoria Gochmann -- 13. Modeling leadership-related change with a growth curve approach / Rosalie J. Hall -- Qualitative methods and analytic approaches -- 14. Qualitative content analysis in leadership research: principles, process and application / Jan Schilling -- 15. Biographical methods in leadership research / Miguel Pina e Cunha, Marianne Lewis, Arménio Rego and Wendy K. Smith -- Summary -- 16. Leadership in the future, and the future of leadership research / Robert G. Lord -- 17. Authors' tips for doing top-quality research -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook brings together experts in the field of leadership to provide insights into methods for leadership research. It serves to motivate them to use new research methods to further our knowledge of the leadership field. Illustrating novel approaches to research with sample questions and applications to the field of leadership, this comprehensive and accessible Handbook covers key methodologies in leadership research today, as well as introducing methods that will be invaluable in the future. With chapters written by established leadership scholars, the Handbook of Methods in Leadership Research is arranged to cover three core areas of research: measurement and design, quantitative analytic approaches, and qualitative analytic approaches. The book provides an accessible overview and starting point to discover new methods. All chapters are well researched and provide references for those who want to delve deeper into the topics covered. The volume ends with a summary of tips for each method presented. This book will be an indispensable resource for leadership students, scholars, and practitioners alike, to inspire their future research but also to support their understanding of the quality of research carried out by others
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 156
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 157
    ISBN: 9781783475445
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Opportunity Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Lebenschance
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: reopening the debate - a Delphi panel of the leading scholars in research on entrepreneurial opportunities -- Part I Entrepreneurial opportunities - theories and approaches -- 1. A brief history of the idea of opportunity / William B. Gartner, Bruce T. Teague, Ted Baker and R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 2. Starting a business venture rationally or naturally - exploiting an opportunity in space or developing a place / Björn Bjerke and Johan Gaddefors -- 3. Austrian market theory and the entrepreneurial function as opportunity recognition Frederic Sautet -- Part II The opportunity formation process -- 4. Beyond discovery: exploring the field of entrepreneurship without a discovery view / Steffen Korsgaard and Sean Patrick Sassmannshausen -- 5. The opportunity development process of nascent entrepreneurs / Silke Tegtmeier and Catherine Léger-Jarniou -- Part III Entrepreneurial opportunities in different contexts -- 6. Understanding the knowledge - opportunities - entrepreneurship mechanism / Spyros J. Vliamos -- 7. A shaped fate: interpreting opportunity through an actor network lens / Mike Chiasson and Thomas P. Kenworth -- 8. From information to opportunity. the role of boundary spanners in sensing and seizing opportunities / Aurore Haas -- 9. Opportunity: from semantic concept to pragmatic tool / Michael Marchesney -- Part IV Impact factors on opportunity formation -- 10. Why are some individuals willing to pursue opportunities and others aren't? the role of individual values / Francisco Linán and Agnieszka Kurczewska -- 11. The effect of entrepreneurship education on opportunity recognition self-efficacy / Carlos Albornoz and José Ernesto Amorós -- Index.
    Abstract: With a wide-ranging set of contributions, this book provides a compilation of cutting-edge original research in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities. The book reopens the subject from diverse perspectives focusing on theories and approaches to entrepreneurial opportunities. It provides a brief history of the idea of opportunity and a framework of how opportunities develop in space and place. Further, this Research Handbook looks at process and context-based views on the topic. It also includes the latest research on impact factors, such as individual values on creating entrepreneurial opportunities. The book has been complemented by an outstanding Delphi panel of six leading scholars of the field: Lowell Busenitz, Dimo Dimov, James O. Fiet, Denis Grégoire, Jeff McMullen and Mike Wright. This carefully edited selection of current and topical contributions will be of immense value to students, researchers and scholars interested in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities
    Note: Contributors include: C. Albornoz, J.E. Amorós, T. Baker, B. Bjerke, L. Busenitz, M. Chiasson, D. Dimov, J.O. Fiet, J. Gaddefors, W.B. Gartner, D.A. Grégoire, A. Haas, T.P. Kenworthy, S. Korsgaard, A. Kurczewska, C. Léger-Jarniou, F. Linán, M. Marchesnay, J.S. McMullen, S.P. Sassmannshausen, F. Sautet, B.T. Teague, S. Tegtmeier, S.J. Vliamos, R.D. Wadhwani, M. Wright , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 158
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781781006696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Winter, Richard Philip Managing academics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochschulmanagement ; Großbritannien ; Australien ; Universities and colleges Administration ; Australien ; Großbritannien ; Hochschulmanagement ; Electronic books ; Hochschulbildung ; Management ; Hochschullehrer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Managing academics -- 1. Managing academics -- 2. Academic work and identity -- 3. A question of perspective -- Part II: Key perspectives -- 4. Managerialism -- 5. Professionalism -- 6. Quality of worklife -- 7. Prosocial identity -- Part III: Perspective taking -- 8. Hybrid challenges -- 9. Perspective taking -- Bibliography -- Index
    Abstract: Managing Academics offers contrasting perspectives of managing others in order to provoke alternative interpretations of academic work, identity, working relationships and scholarship outcomes in higher education institutions (HEIs). The author leverages a novel analytical-empirical approach to challenge the notion that managing others is a unitary, values-free process. This approach raises awareness of managing as a social process in which personal values and identity questions are treated as issues of importance to the manager and managed. Studies of academic values such as identity, professionalism and quality of worklife are integrated with authority, commitment and client-community service concepts developed within the disciplines of psychology and management in a multiple perspectives model. To enable different types of academic work to be valued and enacted simultaneously in HEIs, chapters on hybridity and perspective taking are presented. This innovative book is essential reading for academic managers in universities and colleges. It will also be of great value to academics and research students in business, management and higher education studies, and indeed anyone with an interest in the process of managing professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 159
    ISBN: 9781783479580
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Collaborative strategy
    DDC: 658/.044
    RVK:
    Keywords: Strategische Allianz ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Collaboration ; Strategic alliances (Business) ; Business networks ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strategische Allianz
    Abstract: pt. I. Theoretical building blocks -- pt. II. Partner selection and alliance investment decisions -- pt. III. Contractual foundations of alliances -- pt. IV. Relational and behavioral aspects of alliances -- pt. V. Alliance networks and portfolios -- pt. VI. Novel collaborative relationships -- pt. VII. Consequences of inter-organizational collaboration.
    Abstract: This book provides approachable and insightful chapters that summarize state-of-the-art thinking and research on alliances and networks. Contributions by leading scholars cover foundations or fundamentals as well as frontier areas through a diverse range of perspectives. Topics include: - the theoretical foundations of collaborative strategy - firms' partner selection and investment decisions - contractual foundations of collaboration - relational and behavioral aspects of collaboration, networks and portfolios - novel collaborative relationships such as ecosystems and public-private partnerships, and the consequences of inter-organizational collaborations. For doctoral and masters students, as well as managers new to the area of collaborative strategy, this collection provides concise chapters and literature reviews that make it an invaluable resource. Business practitioners and consultants who want to learn about this area and the underlying theory will also find this book a useful reference
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Ariño, B. Arslan, N. Asgari, R.P. Bremner, S.M. Bruhs, C. Butter, S. Cabral, L. Capron, T. Chi, J. Choi, F.J. Contractor, Y. Doz, P. Dussauge, J. Dyer, K.M. Eisenhardt, D.W. Elfenbein, A. Gambardella, F. Habasche, J. Hagedoorn, D.P. Hannah, K.R. Harrigan, W. Hesterly, M.A. Hitt, W.H. Hoffmann, P. Kale, A. Keller, I. Kivleniece, T. Kretschmer, D. Lavie, S. Lazzarini, D. Li, J. Li, R. Madhavan, X. Martin, O.J. Martinez, K.J. Mayer, T. Mellewigt, L. Mesquita, A. Milakhin, W. Mitchell, K. Neumann, T. Nguyen, J.E. Oxley, C. Panico, L. Poppo, J. Prescott, B. Quélin, R. Ragozzino, J.J. Reuer, M. Rivera-Santos, A. Seth, B.S. Silverman, H. Singh, K. Singh, I. Stern, M. Stienstra, M. Sytch, S. Tallman, B. Vanneste, F. Wohlgezogen, X. Zhe, M. Zollo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 160
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 161
    ISBN: 9781783475520
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capturing the innovation opportunity space
    DDC: 658.4/063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Geschäftsmodell ; Social Web ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Innovation ; Kunde ; Kooperation ; Geschäftsmodell
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The new frontier of innovation -- 2. Innovation pioneers - the essential role of users, on-line user communities and the crowd -- 3. Exploring the changing landscape of Innovation: the rise of users, on-line communities and the crowd -- 4. Mapping the new world of innovation - the innovation opportunity space -- 5. Defending territory - changing forms of intellectual protection -- 6. New frontier business models - creating value through innovation -- 7. Emerging business models in settled contexts -- 8. Emerging business models in frontier contexts -- 9. Capturing the innovation opportunity space -- Index
    Abstract: Innovation is changing and this exciting book explores how the shift to more collaborative ways of working with users, online communities and the crowd opens up novel business possibilities. The Innovation Opportunity Space approach enables managers, policymakers and academics to better understand emerging new business opportunities. Drawing on the findings of the latest international research, this book provides a systematic and clear understanding of the radical business models that new forms of innovation are making possible. The authors offer a wide range of examples and case studies that explore how firms have benefited from these new forms of innovation. A novel approach to innovation planning and strategy is also introduced, and the book concludes with a four-stage process that shows how firms can work to capture their own Innovation Opportunity Space. Defining the state of the art in the field, this will be an essential resource for managers, academics and researchers of business organisation and innovation
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 162
    ISBN: 9781783472666
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Exploring the entrepreneurial society
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Institutionenökonomik ; Gesellschaft ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Entrepreneurship and formal and informal institutions -- 1. Understanding the drivers of an 'entrepreneurial' economy: Lessons from Japan and the Netherlands / Hiroyuki Okamuro, André van Stel and Ingrid Verheul -- 2. Hofstede's cultural dimensions and modes of entry into entrepreneurship / Joern H. Block and Sascha G. Walter -- 3. Entrepreneurs using regulation as a source of opportunity: a study combining quantitative and qualitative approaches / Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 4. Determinants of high-growth firms: why do some countries have more high-growth firms than others? / Mercedes Teruel and Gerrit de Wit -- 5. Institutions, entrepreneurship, and regional growth in Indonesia (1994-2010) / François Facchini and Subandono -- 6. Sub-national market-supporting institutions and export behaviors / Ngo Vi Dung and Frank Janssen -- Part II: Entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success -- 7. Are French industrial establishments equally sensitive to the local atmosphere? An analysis resting upon a panel of manufacturing plants over the period 2003-2010 / Nadine Levratto, Denis Carré and Luc Tessier -- 8. Labor market and successful entrepreneurship / Jean Bonnet and Nicolas Le Pape -- 9. The relationship between knowledge management and innovation level in Mexican SMEs: empirical evidence / Gonzalo Maldonado Guzman, Maria del Carmen Martinez Serna and Domingo García Perez de Lema -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behaviors -- 10. Entrepreneurial opportunity recognition and exploitation in academic spin-offs / Ugo Rizzo -- 11. Firm location choice in the new economy: exploring the role of entrepreneurial work-lifestyles of neighbourhood entrepreneurs in the business location decision / Anne Risselada and Veronique Schutjens -- 12. How to explain gender differences in self-employment ratios. Towards a socioeconomic approach / Dieter Bögenhold and Uwe Fachinger -- Part IV: Entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises -- 13. Entrepreneurship and Schumpeterian growth / Paolo E. Giordani -- 14. Venture capital contracts and the institutional theory: differences between public and private Spanish venture capital firms / Ma Camino Ramón-Llorens and Ginés Hernández-Cánovas -- 15. Exploring SME's strategic response to the financial and economic crisis: empirical evidence from Catalonia. / Eleni Papaoikonomou, Xiaoni Li and Pere Segarra -- 16. Does the financial crisis make SMEs reluctant to ask for finance in Luxembourg? / Serge Allegrezza, Leila Ben Aoun-Peltier, Anne Dubrocard and Solène Larue -- Part V: Entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes -- 17. Self-employment and independent professionals: labour market transitions and myths of entrepreneurship / Dieter Bögenhold, Jarna Heinonen and Elisa Akola -- 18. How distinct social entrepreneurship is from commercial entrepreneurship? / Alicia Rubio Bañon, Antonio Aragón Sánchez and Nuria Esteban-Lloret -- 19. Self-employed people and pension. Is old age poverty the inevitable dark side of an entrepreneurial society? / Uwe Fachinger and Anna Frankus -- Index
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is the engine of economic development, which in turn impacts the challenges facing future entrepreneurs. Understanding the development of a vivid entrepreneurial society requires attention to several interacting factors, as well as expected transversal policies provided by ministries and administrations as a whole. This timely book explores institutional, behavioral and policy issues of primary importance to seizing the entrepreneurial society. Exploring the Entrepreneurial Society collects original work from renowned scholars involved in entrepreneurship research, with theoretical and empirical contributions anchored in economics, management and sociology. The chapters are structured in five distinct parts: entrepreneurship in relation to formal and informal institutions; entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success; entrepreneurial behaviors; entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises; and entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes. By examining themes at the forefront of research interest, this book will appeal to scholars, as well as MA and PhD students, in entrepreneurship, business administration and economics. Policy makers will also be able to apply the results in a more practical context
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 163
    ISBN: 9781785364181
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (656 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: in memoriam by Patrick Kaufmann -- Foreward by Francine Lafontaine -- 1. Research contributions to understanding franchising / Frank Hoy, Rozenn Perrigot and Andrew Terry -- Part I Entrepreneurship -- 2. Managing entrepreneurial tensions in franchise systems / Anna Watson and Lola Dada -- 3. Implications of family firms in franchising / Dianne H.B. Welsh and Frank Hoy -- 4. Autonomy in franchising / Odile Streed and Gérard Cliquet -- Part II -- Organizational Forms -- 5. A multi-national investigation of dual distribution structures in franchising / Brinja Meiseberg and Thomas Ehrmann -- 6. Exploring the growth of multi-unit franchising / Benjamin Lawrence, Cyril Pietrafesa and Patrick J. Kaufmann -- 7. The relationship between initial and ongoing fees in franchising: a meta-analysis / Farhad Sadeh and Manish Kacker -- Part III regulation -- 8. Franchising hard law and soft law / Robert W. Emerson -- 9. The obligation of good faith and its role in franchise regulation / Andrew Terry, Cary Di Lernia and Rozenn Perrigot -- Part IV Franchisor/franchisee relationships -- 10. Understanding antecedents of franchisee trust / Evelien Croonen -- 11. Franchisor-franchisee relationships / Lorelle Frazer and Anthony Grace -- 12. Knowledge transfer in franchising / Nina Gorovaia -- Part V marketing -- 13. Resale price maintenance in franchising: market coverage, company-owned stores, and retailer-dependence / Robert Stassen -- 14. E-commerce opportunities and challenges for franchise chains / Rozenn Perrigot, Guy Basset and Gérard Cliquet -- Part VI Internationalization -- 15. International franchising: optimal market selection / E. Hachemi Aliouche -- 16. Internationalization of franchise networks / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Josef Windsperger -- 17. Determinants of master international franchising / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Ilan Alon -- 18. International franchising: influences of environmental uncertainty and munificence on market entry timing / Melih Madanoglu and Gary J. Castrogiovanni -- Part VII Performance -- 19. Performance in franchising networks / Magali Chaudey and Muriel Fadairo -- 20. Retail network organizational design and financial performance / Karine Picot-Coupey, Jean-Laurent Viviani and Paul Amadieu -- Part VIII Emerging Markets -- 21. Franchising in Southeast Asia: prerequisites, progress and prospects / Andrew Terry and Marko Grünhagen -- 22. Franchising in Latin America / Muriel Fadairo and Cintya Lanchimba -- 23. An exploration of franchising in Africa / Rozenn Perrigot -- 24. The entrepreneur-franchisor in an emerging economy / Audhesh Paswan, María de los Dolores Santarriaga Pineda and Francisco Carlos Soto Ramirez -- Part IX Social Franchising -- 25. An introduction to social franchising / Anita Du Toit -- 26. The social franchise model: a systems approach of the dynamics of institutions and embeddedness in social franchise formation / Fiori A. Zafeiropoulou -- Index.
    Abstract: Franchising is one of the major engines of business expansion and job creation globally. The Handbook of Research on Franchising contains original work by leading franchise scholars from around the world who offer new insights into entrepreneurial behavior, organizational forms, regulation, internationalization and other contemporary issues relating to this dynamic business strategy. The book will provide readers with a base of knowledge about the entrepreneurial opportunities and behaviors of franchisors and franchisees as well as explore the forms that franchise organizations may take, the regulation of franchise companies, how franchisors and franchisees relate to one another, the development of the franchise model, franchising in emerging markets, social franchising and more. It introduces theory and sets the agenda for future research and adds to education and practice. Practitioners will benefit from the high quality scientific research, and scholars will find exciting opportunities for contributing to the body of knowledge on a subject that has not received sufficient attention. The research contained in this book will also be of value to franchisors, franchisees, service providers and government regulators
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 164
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788110150
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hatum, Andrés Mastering creativity in organizations
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Lernende Organisation ; Organizational effectiveness ; Créativité dans les affaires ; Organisation de l'entreprise ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. The role of talent for organizational creativity -- 3. New ways of organizing -- 4. Human resource management as facilitator of creativity -- 5. Creative leadership and a creative organizational culture: a conceptual approach -- 6. Challenges ahead for creative firms -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies best practices, leadership styles, and organizational structures for the stimulation of organizational creativity. Andrés Hatum first explains what creativity means in an organizational context. He then explores the ways in which an organization can foster it, with an aim to help any company - not just companies in creative fields or industries - become an organization in which new ideas flow, new processes are developed, and new products are brought to market. In doing so, he provides scholars with a solid framework for studying and understanding the deeper meaning of creativity. Andrés Hatum's new framework for understanding organizational creativity offers examples from a rich variety of companies and situations. The book balances theory and practice for a multifaceted approach that brings its analysis into the real world. In-depth case studies include FC Barcelona, elBulli, Almodovar, and Cirque du Soleil. Managers will find case studies describing exceptional organizational creativity and practical takeaways that can be applied in their own firms. Students will find concrete analytical frameworks for thinking about creativity in organizations, and academics will find a different approach to the study of creativity, one that is grounded in practice
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 165
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476527
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Women in science ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: setting the scene -- 2. Positioning women in their place -- 3. Subtle masculinities at work -- 4. Secret careers -- 5. Creative genius in science -- 6. Motherhood -- 7. Concluding remarks and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: More women are studying science at university and they consistently outperform men. Yet, still, significantly fewer women than men hold prestigious jobs in science. Why should this occur? What prevents women from achieving as highly as men in science? And why are so few women positioned as 'creative genius' research scientists? Drawing upon the views of 47 (female and male) scientists, Bevan and Gatrell explore why women are less likely than men to become eminent in their profession. They observe three mechanisms which perpetuate women's lowered 'place' in science: subtle masculinities (whereby certain forms of masculinity are valued over womanhood); (m)otherhood (in which women's potential for maternity positions them as 'other'), and the image of creative genius which is associated with male bodies, excluding women from research roles
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 166
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710927
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Theorie ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David Crowther and Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part I: Methodology planning -- 1. Grounded theory in corporate social responsibility research / Vilma Žydžiūnaitė and Loreta Tauginienė -- 2. Using a mixed methods approach for corporate social responsibility research / Jane Claydon -- 3. Imperative of meta-study for research in the field of corporate social responsibility and emerging issues in corporate governance / Lukman Raimi -- 4. Ethics in the research process / David Crowther -- 5. Research methods in organization, management and management accounting: an evaluation of quantitative and qualitative approaches / Miriam Green -- 6. Methodological and epistemological perspectives in the study of corporate social responsibility in Colombia / Duván Emilio Ramírez Ospina and José Fernando Muñoz Ospina -- Part II: Quantitative methods -- 7. Game theory as a research tool for sustainability / Shahla Seifi -- 8. Key concerns in longitudinal study design / Rima Kalinauskaitė -- 9. Sampling and sampling procedures in corporate social responsibility research / Habib Zaman Khan and Md. Rashidozzaman Khan -- 10. Food deserts in British cities : comparing food access, obesity, and ethnicity in Leicester and Stoke on Trent / Hillary Shaw -- 11. The application of statistical methods in CSR research / Christopher Boachie and George K. Amoako -- 12. Regression techniques and its application in the corporate social responsibility domain: an overview / Sonali Bhattacharya, Madhvi Sethi, Abhishek Behl and V.G. Venkatesh -- Part III: Qualitative methods -- 13. Analytic autoethnography as a tool to enhance reflection, reflexivity and critical thinking in CSR research / Fernanda de Paiva Duarte -- 14. Insights regarding the applicability of semiotics to CSR communication research / Kemi C. Yekini -- 15. Ethnographic research methods in CSR research : building theory out of people's everyday life with materials, objects, practices, and symbolic constructions / Linne Marie Lauesen -- 16. Interviews as an instrument to explore management motivation for corporate social and environmental reporting / Homaira Semeen and Muhammad Azizul Islam -- 17. Participant observation as the data collection tool and its usage in the CSR researches / Ilke Oruc -- 18. Application of correspondence analysis to determinants of human resources disclosure / Esther Ortiz and José G. Clavel -- 19. The application of survey methodology in CSR research / Christopher Boachie -- 20. Content analysis method: a proposed scoring for quantitative and qualitative disclosures / Juniati Gunawan and Kumalawati Abadi -- 21. Focus groups in social accounting as a stakeholder engagement tool / Sara Moggi -- 22. A phenomenological study of moral discourse, social justice and CSR / Julia J.A. Shaw -- 23. Social network analysis in CSR research / Duygu Turker -- 24.Theoretical storytelling as meta-frame for all research methods in corporate social responsibility / Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part IV: Future research agenda -- 25. Philosophical prolegomena to all future research in CSR / Nicholas Capaldi -- 26. Beyond strategic CSR : the concept of responsibility as the foundation of ethics: political, technological and economic responsibility for the future of humanity / Jacob Dahl Rendtorff -- 27. From positivism to social constructivism: an emerging trend for CSR researchers / Martin Samy and Fiona Robertson -- Index.
    Abstract: Corporate social responsibility now touches upon most aspects of the interaction between business and society. The approaches taken to research in this area are as varied as the topics that are researched; yet this is the first book to address the whole range of methods available. This Handbook identifies the existing methods, evaluates their use and discusses the circumstances in which they might be appropriate. The design of a research project is an essential part of undertaking research, as is choosing appropriate methods for investigation and analysis. In addition, business and management research raises theoretical and practical problems that are not encountered in other fields. The chapters address this challenge over distinct parts. Part I on methodology planning is concerned with various aspects of planning the research project, including secondary data and ethics in the research process. Parts II and III outline quantitative and qualitative methods respectively, covering the vast majority of relevant approaches. Part IV provides forward-thinking guidance from experienced academics on the future directions of research in this area. Aimed specifically at researchers, this comprehensive and in-depth Handbook provides an essential resource for anyone working at the forefront of corporate social responsibility research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 167
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788111881
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Organizational sociology ; Deviant behavior ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience in white-collar crime -- 2. Economical dimension of convenience theory -- 3. Organizational dimension of convenience theory -- 4. Behavioral dimension of convenience theory -- 5. Empirical study of white-collar criminals -- 6. Student survey on convenience theory -- 7. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 8. Corporate social responsibility -- 9. Testing convenience theory -- 10. Sample of US investigation reports -- Index.
    Abstract: Ever since Sutherland coined the term 'white-collar crime', researchers have struggled to understand and explain why some individuals abuse their privileged positions of trust and commit financial crime. This book makes a novel contribution to the development of convenience theory as a framework to understand and explain 'white-collar crime'. The framework integrates well-known theories from criminology, management and other fields to explain the occurrence of offenses. It is found that autobiographies indicate a strong presence of neutralization techniques in the behavioral dimension of convenience theory, while internal investigations indicate a strong presence of organizational opportunities to commit 'white-collar crime'. Survey research, on the other hand, is found to indicate a strong belief that chief executives sometimes have the motive to commit financial crime in times of crisis, in times of great challenges, and in times of greed. The book concludes that the only feasible avenue to combat this type of crime is to make it less convenient. This book will appeal to criminology and criminal justice students at both bachelor and master levels, as well as those studying business and law. Practitioners, including consultants in global auditing firms, attorneys and police academy students will also benefit from the overview of convenience theory research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 168
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784715465
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on leadership and creativity
    DDC: 303.3/4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Leadership Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Führungskraft ; Kreativität ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Leading for creativity: functions, models, and domains / Michael D. Mumford, Sven Hemlin, and Tyler J. Mulhearn -- Functions -- 2. Leader planning skills and creative performance: integrating past, present, and future / Michael D. Mumford, Logan M. Steele, Tyler J. Mulhearn, Tristan McIntosh, and Logan L. Watts -- 3. Creativity, complexity, and organizational learning: implications for leadership and governance / Robert K. Kazanjian -- 4. How can we advise Achilles? A rehabilitation of the concept of the champion for leadership / Steven E. Markham and Janice Witt Smith -- 5. Leader idea evaluation and follower creativity: challenges, constraints, and capabilities / Logan L. Watts, Tyler J. Mulhearn, E. Michelle Todd, and Michael D. Mumford / 6. Intrinsic motivation and creativity: opening up a black box / Logan M. Steele, Tristan McIntosh, and Cory Higgs -- 7. Leadership's role in creative climate creation / Scott G. Isaksen -- 8. Leading for creativity: how leaders manage creative teams / Roni Reiter-Palmon and Ryan P. Royston -- 9. The social footprint of champions and promoters as creative leaders in innovating and executing / Jan Kratzer and Ingo Michelfelder -- Models -- 10. Leader structure and consideration for innovation / Gina Scott Ligon and Douglas C. Derrick -- 11. Do leaders matter in the long run? A longitudinal study of the importance of LMX and LMX balance for followers' creative performance in research groups / Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- 12. Transformational leadership and follower creativity: a review of underlying mechanism and boundary conditions / Kathrin Rosing -- 13. Relational leadership and creativity: the effects of respectful engagement and caring on meaningfulness and creative work involvement / John Paul Stevens and Abraham Carmeli -- 14. Collective leadership as a facilitator of innovation / Tamara L. Friedrich and Mingdong (Pauline) Zhong -- 15. All roads lead to Rome: navigating the creative process using the CIP model of leadership / Jeffrey B. Lovelace, Brett H. Neely, Bradley S. Jayne, and Samuel T. Hunter -- 16. Creativity in organizations: the intersectionality of roles, levels of analysis, and types of creativity / Kimberly S. Jaussi -- Domains -- 17. Creative leadership among executives and managers / Gerard Puccio, Marie Mance, and Selcuk Acar -- 18. Leadership and creativity in business / Daan van Knippenberg -- 19. Leadership and creativity capacity in military contexts / Shane Connelly and Stephen J. Zaccaro -- 20. Academic leadership: embracing uncertainty and diversity by building communication and trust / Li Bennich-Björkman -- 21. Creative leadership in the marketing arena / Jeffrey B. Schmidt and Logan L. Watts -- 22. Aesthetic leadership in the arts / Arja Ropo, Donatella De Paoli and Ralph Bathurst -- 23. Creativity stimulating leadership in R&D groups / Sven Hemlin and Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- Index
    Abstract: The rapid pace of technological change and globalization of products, competition and services have conspired to place a new premium on innovation for firms across the world. Although many variables influence creativity and innovation, the effective leadership of creative teams has proved especially important. This timely Handbook presents the state of the art for what leaders must do to lead creative teams and how they should do it. Handbook of Research on Leadership and Creativity is divided into three major sections. The first section on leadership functions identifies key activities that must be executed by leaders if creative efforts are to prove successful. The next section explains creative leadership using available theoretical models, examining the effects of leader behaviors on follower creativity. The final section investigates specific domains where organizations seek creativity. It covers the creative domains of research and development as well as military and academia, which have not traditionally been viewed as domains where creative leadership is critical. This comprehensive Handbook makes a significant contribution to the literature on creativity and innovation and will be welcomed as an accessible yet authoritative text by students, teachers and researchers alike
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 169
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 170
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716349
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p) , cm
    Series Statement: International law series 11
    Keywords: Human territoriality ; International law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Jean Gottmann (1973), 'The people and their territory: the partitioning of the world', in The significance of territory, Chapter 1, Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia, 1-15 -- M.N. Shaw (1982), 'Territory in international law', Netherlands Yearbook of International Law, 13, December, 61-91 -- Miles Kahler (2006), 'Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization', in Miles Kahler and Barbara F. Walter (eds), Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK and New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1-21, references -- Marcelo G. Kohen and Mamadou Hébié (2012), 'Territory, acquisition', in Rüdiger Wolfrum (ed.), The Max Planck Encyclopedia of Public International Law, vol. IX, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 887-900 -- A.L.W. Munkman (1972-73), 'Adjudication and adjustment - international judicial decision and the settlement of territorial boundary disputes', British Yearbook of International Law, 46, 1-116 -- Friedrich August Freiherr von der Heydte (1935), 'Discovery, symbolic annexation and virtual effectiveness in international law', American Journal of International Law, 29 (3), July, 448-71 -- Philip C. Jessup (1928), 'The Palmas Island arbitration', American Journal of International Law, 22 (4), October, 735-52 -- Marcelo Kohen (2013), 'Original title in the light of the ICJ judgment on sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South Ledge', Journal of the History of International Law, 15 (2), 151-71 -- D.H.N. Johnson (1950), 'Acquisitive prescription in international law', British Yearbook of International Law, 27, 332-54 -- Georg Schwarzenberger (1957), 'Title to territory: response to a challenge', American Journal of International Law, 51 (2), April, 308-24 -- Roger O'Keefe (2011), 'Legal title versus Effectivies : prescription and the promise and problems of private law analogies', International community law review -- W. Lakhtine (1930), 'Rights over the Arctic', American Journal of International Law, 24 (4), October, 703-17 -- Benedetto Conforti (1986), 'Territorial claims in antarctica: a modern way to deal with an old problem', Cornell International Law Journal, 19, 249-58 -- Hans Kelsen (1956), 'Contiguity as a title to territorial sovereignty', in Walter Schätzel and Hans-Jürgen Schlochauer (eds), Rechtsfragen der Internationalen Organisation: Festschrift für Hans Wehberg zu seinem 70. Geburstag, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany: Vittorio Klostermann, 200-210 -- Ian Brownlie (2002), 'Boundary problems and the formation of new states', in David Freestone, Surya Subedi and Scott Davidson (eds), Contemporary issues in international law: a collection of the Josephine Onoh Memorial Lectures, The Netherlands, Holland and Boston, MA: Kluwer Law International, 185-95 -- Santiago Torres Bernárdez (1994), 'The "Uti Possidetis Juris Principle" in historical perspective', in Konrad Ginther, Gerhard Hafner, Winfried Lang, Hanspeter Neuhold and Lilly Sucharipa-Behrmann and Karl Zemanek (eds), Völkerrecht zwischen normativen Anspruch und politischer Realität: Festschrift für Karl Zemanek zum 65. Geburtstag, Berlin, Germany: Duncker and Humblot, 417-37 -- Steven R. Ratner (1996), 'Drawing a better line: UTI possidetis and the borders of new states', American Journal of International Law, 90 (4), October, 590-624 -- Kaiyan Homi Kaikobad (1983), 'Some observations on the doctrine of continuity and finality of boundaries', British Yearbook of International Law, 54 (1), 119-41 -- S.K.N. Blay (1986), 'Self-determination versus territorial integrity in decolonization', New York University Journal of International Law and Politics, 18, 441-72
    Abstract: Katherine Del Mar (2013), 'The myth of remedial secession', in Duncan French (ed.), Statehood and self-determination: reconciling tradition and modernity in international law, Chapter 3, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 79-108 -- Marcelo Kohen and Mara Tignino (2013), 'Do peoples have rights in boundaries' delimitations?', in Laurence Boisson de Chazournes, Christina Leb and Mara Tignino (eds), International law and freshwater: the multiples challenges, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 95-122 -- Adam Roberts (1984), 'What is military occupation?', British Yearbook of International Law, 55 (1), 249-305 -- Yehuda Z. Blum (1968), 'The missing reversioner: reflections on the status of Judea and Samaria', Israel Law Review, 3 (2), 279-301 -- Marcelo G. Kohen (2000), 'Is the notion of territorial sovereignty obsolete?', in Martin Pratt and Janet Allison-Brown (eds), Borderlands under stress, Chapter 3, Dordrecht, Germany: Kluwer Law International, 35-47 -- [13].
    Abstract: This timely research review discusses key articles dealing with the importance of territory for international law in its relationship with power, state building and globalization. The collection also analyses the evolution and scope of the law of acquisition of territory from colonial times until today, the emergence of new areas for the territorial expansion of states and border delimitation rules. Finally, the review investigates the impact of the human dimension in the way international law addresses territorial issues, particularly the individual and collective human rights, including indigenous peoples and the right to self-determination
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 171
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781783476299
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 pages)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Freeman, Gary P Handbook on migration and social policy
    DDC: 304.8
    Keywords: Social policy ; Emigration and immigration
    Abstract: In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary state policies affecting migrants and migration. A clutch of chapters investigates the linkage between migration and trade theory, foreign direct investment, globalization, public opinion, public education and welfare programs. Chapters then deal with leading receiving states as well as India and the authors examine the regulation of migration at the subnational, national, regional and global levels. The topic of migration and security is also covered. This compelling and exhaustive review of existing scholarship and state-of -the-art original empirical analysis is essential reading for graduates and academics researching the field. In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary s ...
    Abstract: Pt. I. New analytical perspectives -- pt. II. The political economy of migration -- pt. III. Trade offs between immigration and social policy -- pt. IV. Opposition to immigration, security and the limits to free movement in the European union -- pt. V. Diversity, social cohesion and support for the welfare state -- pt. VI. Migrant integration and social policy -- pt. VII. Immigrant rights vs. immigration politics
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 172
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364884
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial process and social networks
    DDC: 338.04
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk ; Sozialkapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Netzwerkökonomik ; Entrepreneurship ; Social networks ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk
    Abstract: Introduction / Alain Fayolle, Sarah Jack, Wadid Lamine and Didier Chabaud -- Part I the evolution of networks across entrepreneurial stages -- 1. Entrepreneurial network composition and the venture creation process: an empirical investigation / Tammi Redd, Michael A. Abebe and Sibin Wu -- 2. Dynamic social networks of entrepreneurs: five years of change in the networks of Dutch entrepreneurs / Marianne De Beer, Gerald Mollenhorst and Veronique Schutjens -- 3. Social networks of the entrepreneur and formation of business opportunities: an exploratory study / Didier Chabaud and Joseph Ngijol -- 4. Start-ups repositioning in business networks / Lise Aaboen and Frida Lind -- Part II formal networks: a new research agenda? -- 5. Business and professional networks: scope and outcomes in oxfordshire / Helen Lawton-Smith and Malika Virahsawmy -- 6. Women entrepreneurs and the process of networking as social exchange / Claire M Leitch, Richard T. Harrison and Frances M. Hill -- 7. Cooperation vs. coordination relations in SME's network: a new view of collective strategy dynamics / Christophe Leyronas and Stéphanie Loup -- Part III context: a benign neglect? -- 8. The competitiveness of entrepreneurial firms from a network perspective / Christian Lechner -- 9. The role of family members in entrepreneurial networks: beyond the boundaries of the family firm / Alistair R. Anderson, Sarah L. Jack and Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd -- 10. Network structures of nascent entrepreneurs: an exploratory study of advisor networks in mena countries / Sarfraz Mian and Shahid Qureshi -- 11. Ubuntu in family businesses: a case in the Democratic Republic of the Congo / Albert B. R. Lwango -- Part IV debates and perspectives: theoretical challenges -- 12. Entrepreneurial mingling secrets: investigating the performance impact of network structure for control-based entrepreneurship using agent-based simulation / Willem Jansen, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 13. Entrepreneurial social network and actor-network theory / Wadid Lamine; Alain Fayolle and Hela Chebbi.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is undoubtedly a social process and creating a firm requires both the mobilization of social networks and the use of social capital. This book addresses the gap that exists between the need to take these factors into consideration and the understanding of how network relationships are developed and transformed across the venturing process. Expert contributions from key scholars in the field illustrate how social networks evolve across entrepreneurial stages, using studies from different regions across the world. Offering a comprehensive understanding, they emphasize the role of formal networks created inside professions and firms. Also examined is the impact of context, including both family and internationally variable institutions, that can help entrepreneurs to access resources and competencies useful for their projects. The book concludes by emphasizing the various research challenges: which theories are useful for our endeavours and which new methods can be used to understand the dynamics of the venturing process? Dynamic and eminently practical, this book will be invaluable to scholars and students studying the entrepreneurial process and the impact of social networks. It will also prove a useful tool in aiding entrepreneurs to optimize the development of their networks and better manage their entrepreneurial processes
    Note: Contributors include: L. Aaboen, M.A. Abebe, A.R. Anderson, M. Brettel, D. Chabaud, H. Chebbi, M. de Beer, S. Drakopoulou Dodd, A. Fayolle, R.T. Harrison, F.M. Hill, S.L. Jack, W. Jansen, W. Lamine, H. Lawton-Smith, C. Lechner, C.M. Leitch, C. Leyronas, F. Lind, S. Loup, A.B.R. Lwango, R. Mauer, S. Mian, G. Mollenhorst, J. Ngijol, S. Qureshi, T. Redd, V. Schutjens, M. Virahsawmy, S. Wu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 173
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717025
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for management and organization studies
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Operations Research ; Management ; Organisationsforschung ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Management Methodology ; Management ; Management Research ; Organization ; Organization Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Management
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. History of management - what is the future for research on the past? / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. In search of what accounting is not: speculations on the future of valuing, transparency and a new aesth-etics for governing capitalism and democracy / Paolo Quattrone -- 3. From marketing to "market-things" and "market-iting": accounting for technicized and digitalized consumption / Franck Cochoy, Jan Smolinski and Jean-Sébastien Vayre -- 4. Stepping on the toes of giants, or how to review the future of strategy research / Martin Kornberger -- 5. Humanistic management / Monika Kostera -- 6. Well trodden paths and roads less traveled: research directions for gender in management and organization / Yvonne Benschop -- 7. Making humans and nonhumans talk in diversity research / Andreas Diedrich -- 8. Organizational communication: a wish list for the next fifteen years / François Cooren -- 9. Digital work: a research agenda / Wanda J. Orlikowski and Susan V. Scott -- 10. Global and comparative studies of organization and management: moving from "sameness or difference" to "glocalization and orientation" / Gili S. Drori -- 11. Waste management: the other of production, distribution, and consumption / Hervé Corvellec -- 12. Art, aesthetics and organization / Timon Beyes -- 13. Popular culture and management / Carl Rhodes -- 14. Invisible organizations - a research agenda / Christopher Grey and Jana Costas -- 15. Towards an alternative business school: a school of organizing / Martin Parker.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Managing and organizing are now central phenomena in contemporary societies. It is essential that they are studied from a variety of perspectives, and with equal attention paid to their past, their present and their future. This book collects opinions of trailblazing scholars concerning the most important research topics, essential for study in the next 15-20 years. The opinions concern both traditional functions, such as accounting and marketing, personnel management and strategy, technology and communication, but also new challenges, such as diversity, equality, waste and cultural encounters. The collection is intended to be inspirational for young scholars and an invitation to a dialogue with practitioners. The book's contributions are written by well-established scholars. Each is a leader in their field and will remain important figures for the next 20 years and beyond. Each chapter starts with a short summary of the present situation but focuses on the future of the discipline. The contributors cover practically all subfields of what is called business administration, or management and organization studies, containing topics that are new, such as invisible organizations or encounters between art, popular culture and organizing. Outlining the future and the state of the art, this comprehensive and innovative book is an essential resource for students and academics seeking to be at the forefront of future research in management and organization studies
    Note: Contributors include: Y. Benschop, T. Beyes, F. Cochoy, F. Cooren, H. Corvellec, J. Costas, A. Diedrich, M.-L. Djelic, G.S. Drori, C. Grey, M. Kornberger, M. Kostera, W.J. Orlikowski, M. Parker, P. Quattrone, C. Rhodes, S.V. Scott, J. Smolinski, J.-S. Vayre , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 174
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784716202
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,984 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 318
    Keywords: Manpower policy ; Labor market ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Anders Björklund and Robert Moffitt (1987), 'The Estimation of Wage Gains and Welfare Gains in Self-Selection Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 69 (1), February, 42-49 -- James J. Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Nancy Clements (1997), 'Making the Most Out Of Programme Evaluations and Social Experiments: Accounting for Heterogeneity in Programme Impacts', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 487-535 -- James Heckman and Salvador Navarro-Lozano (2004), 'Using Matching, Instrumental Variables, and Control Functions to Estimate Economic Choice Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 30-57 -- James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2005), 'Structural Equations, Treatment Effects, and Econometric Policy Evaluation', Econometrica, 73 (3), May, 669-738 -- Edward Vytlacil (2002), 'Independence, Monotonicity, and Latent Index Models: An Equivalence Result', Econometrica, 70 (1), January, 331-41 -- J.P. Florens, J.J. Heckman, C. Meghir and E. Vytlacil (2008), 'Identification of Treatment Effects Using Control Functions in Models with Continuous, Endogenous Treatment and Heterogeneous Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 76 (5), September, 1191-206 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2010), 'Evaluating Marginal Policy Changes and the Average Effect of Treatment for Individuals at the Margin', Econometrica, 78 (1), January, 377-94 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (1997), 'On Two Stage Least Squares Estimation of the Average Treatment Effect in a Random Coefficient Model', Economics Letters, 56 (2), October, 129-33 -- Whitney K. Newey (2009), 'Two-step Series Estimation of Sample Selection Models', Econometrics Journal, 12 (S1), January, S217-S219 -- Jinyong Hahn and Geert Ridder (2013), 'Asymptotic Variance of Semiparametric Estimators with Generated Regressors', Econometrica, 81 (1), January, 315-40 -- James J. Heckman (1996), 'Randomization as an Instrumental Variable', Review of Economics and Statistics, 78 (2), May, 336-41 -- Joel L. Horowitz and Charles F. Manski (2000), 'Nonparametric Analysis of Randomized Experiments with Missing Covariate and Outcome Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 95 (449), March, 77-84 -- James Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura, Jeffrey Smith and Petra Todd (1998), 'Characterizing Selection Bias Using Experimental Data', Econometrica, 66 (5), September, 1017-98 -- Paul R. Rosenbaum and Donald B. Rubin (1983), 'The Central Role of the Propensity Score in Observational Studies for Causal Effects', Biometrika, 70 (1), April, 41-55 -- Donald B. Rubin and Neal Thomas (1996), 'Matching Using Estimated Propensity Scores: Relating Theory to Practice', Biometrics, 52 (1), March, 249-64 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1998), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator', Review of Economic Studies, 65 (2), April, 261-94 -- Jinyong Hahn (1998), 'On the Role of the Propensity Score in Efficient Semiparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 66 (2), March, 315-31 -- Keisuke Hirano, Guido W. Imbens and Geert Ridder (2003), 'Efficient Estimation of Average Treatment Effects Using the Estimated Propensity Score', Econometrica, 71 (4), July, 1161-89 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2006), 'Large Sample Properties of Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 74 (1), January, 235-67.
    Abstract: Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2008), 'On The Failure of the Bootstrap for Matching Estimators', Econometrica, 76 (6), November, 1537-57 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2011), 'Bias-Corrected Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 29 (1), January, 1-11 -- James Heckman (1997), 'Instrumental Variables: A Study of Implicit Behavioral Assumptions Used in Making Program Evaluations', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 441-62 -- Guido W. Imbens (2004), 'Nonparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects under Exogeneity: A Survey', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 4-29 -- Guido W. Imbens and Joshua D. Angrist (1994), 'Identification and Estimation of Local Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 62 (2), March, 467-75 -- Joshua D. Angrist and Guido W. Imbens (1995), 'Two-Stage Least Squares Estimation of Average Causal Effects in Models with Variable Treatment Intensity', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 90 (430), June, 431-42 -- Joshua D. Angrist, Guido W. Imbens and Donald B. Rubin (1996), 'Identification of Causal Effects Using Instrumental Variables', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 91 (434), June, 444-55 -- James J. Heckman, Sergio Urzua and Edward Vytlacil (2006), 'Understanding Instrumental Variables in Models with Essential Heterogeneity', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXXXVIII (3), August, 389-432 -- Whitney K. Newey and James L. Powell (2003), 'Instrumental Variable Estimation of Nonparametric Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1565-78 -- Jinyong Hahn, Petra Todd and Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2001), 'Identification and Estimation of Treatment Effects with a Regression-Discontinuity Design', Econometrica, 69 (1), January, 201-9 -- David S. Lee and David Card (2008), 'Regression Discontinuity Inference with Specification Error', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 655-74 -- David S. Lee and Thomas Lemieux (2010), 'Regression Discontinuity Designs in Economics', Journal of Economic Literature, 48 (2), June, 281-355 -- Justin McCrary (2008), 'Manipulation of the Running Variable in the Regression Discontinuity Design: A Density Test', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 698-714 -- Marianne Bertrand, Esther Duflo and Sendhil Mullainathan (2004), 'How Much Should We Trust Differences-in-Differences Estimates?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 119 (1), February, 249-75 -- Charles F. Manski (1997), 'The Mixing Problem in Programme Evaluation', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 537-53 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (2007), 'Inverse Probability Weighted Estimation for General Missing Data Problems', Journal of Econometrics, 141 (2), December, 1281-301 -- Jaap H. Abbring and Gerard J. Van den Berg (2003), 'The Nonparametric Identification of Treatment Effects in Duration Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1491-517, Corrigendum -- James J. Heckman and Salvador Navarro (2007), 'Dynamic Discrete Choice and Dynamic Treatment Effects', Journal of Econometrics, 136 (2), February, 341-96 -- Richard K. Crump, V. Joseph Hotz, Guido W. Imbens and Oscar A. Mitnik (2009), 'Dealing with Limited Overlap in Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Biometrika, 96 (1), March, 187-99.
    Abstract: David Friedlander, David H. Greenberg and Philip K. Robins (1997), 'Evaluating Government Training Programs for the Economically Disadvantaged', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (4), December, 1809-55 -- David Card, Jochen Kluve and Andrea Weber (2010), 'Active Labour Market Policy Evaluations: A Meta-Analysis', Economic Journal, 120, 548, November, F452-F477 -- Howard S. Bloom, Larry L. Orr, Stephen H. Bell, George Cave, Fred Doolittle, Winston Lin and Johannes M. Bos (1997), 'The Benefits and Costs of JTPA Title II-A Programs: Key Findings from the National Job Training Partnership Act Study', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 549-76 -- Jere R. Behrman, Susan W. Parker and Petra E. Todd (2011), 'Do Conditional Cash Transfers for Schooling Generate Lasting Benefits?: A Five-Year Follow-up of PROGRESA/Oportunidades', Journal of Human Resources, 46 (1), Winter, 93-122 -- Peta Z. Schochet, John Burghardt and Sheena McConnell (2008), 'Does Job Corps Work? Impact Findings from the National Job Corps Study', American Economic Review, 98 (5), December, 1864-86 -- Michael Lechner (1999), 'Earnings and Employment Effects of Continuous Off-the-Job Training in East Germany after Unification', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 17 (1), January, 74-90 -- Markus Frölich, Almas Heshmati and Michael Lechner (2004), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of Rehabilitation of Long-Term Sickness in Sweden', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 19 (3), May/June, 375-96 -- Michael Gerfin and Michael Lechner (2002), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of the Active Labour Market Policy in Switzerland', Economic Journal, 112 (482), October, 854-93 -- James J. Heckman and Paul A. LaFontaine (2006), 'Bias-Corrected Estimates of GED Returns', Journal of Labor Economics, 24 (3), July, 661-700 -- Louis Jacobson, Robert Lalonde and Daniel G. Sullivan (2005), 'Estimating the Returns to Community College Schooling for Displaced Workers', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 271-304 -- Michael Lechner (2002), 'Program Heterogeneity and Propensity Score Matching: An Application to the Evaluation of Active Labor Market Policies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (2), May, 205-20 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2011), 'Estimating Marginal Returns to Education', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2754-81 -- Joshua D. Angrist (1989), 'Lifetime Earnings and the Vietnam Era Draft Lottery: Evidence from Social Security Administrative Records', American Economic Review, 80 (3), June, 313-36 -- Dan A. Black, Jeffrey A. Smith, Mark C. Berger and Brett J. Noel (2003), 'Is the Threat of Reemployment Services More Effective Than the Services Themselves? Evidence from Random Assignment in the UI System', American Economic Review, 93 (4), September, 1313-27 -- Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2002), 'Estimating the Effect of Financial Aid Offers on College Enrollment: A Regression-Discontinuity Approach', International Economic Review, 43 (4), November, 1249-87 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1997), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator: Evidence from Evaluating a Job Training Programme', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 605-54 -- Martin Huber, Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'The Performance of Estimators Based on the Propensity Score', Journal of Econometrics, 175 (1), July, 1-21 -- Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'Sensitivity of Matching-Based Program Evaluations to the Availability of Control Variables', Labour Economics, 21, April, 111-21 -- Matias Busso, John DiNardo and Justin McCrary (2014), 'New Evidence on the Finite Sample Properties of Propensity Score Reweighting and Matching Estimators', Review of Economics and Statistics, 96 (5), December, 885-97.
    Abstract: James Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Chrsitopher Taber (1998), 'Accounting for Dropouts in Evaluations of Social Programs', Review of Economic and Statistics, LXXX (1), February, 1-14 -- James J. Heckman and Jeffrey A. Smith (1999), 'The Pre-Programme Earnings Dip and the Determinants of Participation in a Social Programme. Implications for Simple Programme Evaluation Strategies', Economic Journal, 109 (457), July, 313-48 -- James J. Heckman, Carolyn Heinrich and Jeffrey Smith (2002), 'The Performance of Performance Standards', Journal of Human Resources, 37 (4), Autumn, 778-811 -- John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1996), 'The Effect of Sample Selection and Initial Conditions in Duration Models: Evidence from Experimental Data on Training', Econometrica, 64 (1), January, 175-205 -- Curtis Eberwein, John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1997), 'The Impact of Being Offered and Receiving Classroom Training on the Employment Histories of Disadvantaged Women: Evidence from Experimental Data', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 655-82 -- Gerard J. van den Berg, Bas van der Klaauw and Jan C. van Ours (2004), 'Punitive Sanctions and the Transition Rate from Welfare to Work', Journal of Labor Economics, 22 (1), January, 211-41 -- Jaap H. Abbring, Gerard J. van den Berg and Jan C. van Ours (2005), 'The Effect of Unemployment Insurance Sanctions on the Transition Rate from Unemployment to Employment', Economic Journal, 115 (505), July, 602-30 -- Barbara Sianesi (2004), 'An Evaluation of the Swedish System of Active Labor Market Programs in the 1990s', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 133-55 -- Peter Fredriksson and Per Johansson (2008), 'Dynamic Treatment Assignment: The Consequences for Evaluations Using Observational Data', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26 (4), October, 435-45 -- Daniel Friedlander and Philip K. Robins (1995), 'Evaluating Program Evaluations: New Evidence on Commonly Used Nonexperimental Methods', American Economic Review, 85 (4), September, 923-37 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (1999), 'Causal Effects in Nonexperimental Studies: Reevaluating the Evaluation of Training Programs', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 94 (448), December, 1053-62 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (2002), 'Propensity Score-Matching Methods for Nonexperimental Causal Studies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (1), February, 151-61 -- Juan Jose Diaz and Sudhanshu Handa (2006), 'An Assessment of Propensity Score Matching as a Nonexperimental Impact Estimator: Evidence from Mexico's PROGRESA Program', Journal of Human Resources, 41 (2), Spring, 319-45 -- Stevem Glazerman, Dan M. Levy and David Myers (2003), 'Nonexperimental versus Experimental Estimates of Earnings Impacts', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 589, September, 63-93 -- Charles Michalopoulos, Howard S. Bloom and Carolyn J. Hill (2004), 'Can Propensity-Score Methods Match the Findings from a Random Assignment Evaluation of Mandatory Welfare-to-Work Programs?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 156-79 -- Jeffrey A. Smith and Petra E. Todd (2005), 'Does Matching Overcome LaLonde's Critique of Nonexperimental Estimators?', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 305-53 -- Elizabeth Ty Wilde and Robinson Hollister (2007), 'How Close Is Close Enough? Evaluating Propensity Score Matching Using Data from a Class Size Reduction Experiment', Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 26 (3), Summer, 455-77.
    Abstract: This timely research review pinpoints seminal works on active labour market policies. Topics covered in this review include econometric policy evaluation, social experiments, regression discontinuity designs, evaluations of active labour market policies and ending with final conclusions on evaluating the evaluations
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 175
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360312
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of climate-resilient development
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Klimawandel ; Entwicklung ; Climatic changes Risk management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Klimaänderung ; Anpassung ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Klimaänderung ; Anpassung ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Climate-resilient development: an introduction / S. Fankhauser and T. Mcdermott -- Part I concepts -- 2. The role of climate in development / D. Castells-Quintana, M. Lopez-Uribe and T. Mcdermott -- 3. Poverty and climate change / S. Hallegatte, M. Bangalore, L. Bonzanigo, M. Fay, T. Kane, U. Narloch, J. Rozenberg, D. Treguer and A. Vogt-Schilb -- 4. Coping with climate risk: the options / D. Castells-Quintana, M. Lopez-Uribe and T. Mcdermott -- 5. Locking in climate vulnerability: where are the investment hotspots? / S. Dietz, C. Dixon and J. Ward -- 6. Assessing climate-resilient development options / P. Watkiss and A. Hunt -- Part II actions -- 7. Adaptation experience and prioritisation / P. Watkiss -- 8. Climate-resilient cities / H. Costa, G. Floater and J. Finnegan -- 9. Climate-resilient development in agrarian economies / M. Bezabih, S. Lovo, G. Singer and C. Mclaren -- 10. Insurance instruments for climate-resilient development / S. Surminski -- 11. Migration and climate-resilient development / M. Waldinger.
    Abstract: Some climate change is now inevitable and strategies to adapt to these changes are quickly developing. The question is particularly paramount for low-income countries, which are likely to be most affected. This timely and unique book takes an integrated look at the twin challenges of climate change and development. The book treats adaptation to climate change as an issue of climate-resilient development, rather than as a bespoke set of activities (flood defences, drought plans, and so on), combining climate and development challenges into a single strategy. It asks how the standard approaches to development need to change, and what socio-economic trends and urbanisation mean for the vulnerability of developing countries to climate risks. Combining conceptual thinking with practical policy prescriptions and experience the contributors argue that, to address these questions, climate risk has to be embedded fully into wider development strategies. This point of view is gaining in prominence in the development community; however, the contributors assert that a comprehensive analytical treatment is so far lacking. This unique and innovative book will appeal to the development community, such as think tanks and aid agencies, as well as academics and those involved in climate change policy and development
    Note: Contributors include: M. Bangalore, M. Bezabih, L. Bonzanigo, D. Castells-Quintana, H. Costa, M. del Pilar Lopez-Uribe, S. Dietz, C. Dixon, S. Fankhauser, M. Fay, J. Finnegan, G. Floater, S. Hallegatte, A. Hunt, T. Kane, S. Lovo, T. McDermott, C. McLaren, U. Narloch, J. Rozenberg, G. Singer, S. Surminski, D. Treguer, A. Vogt-Schilb, M. Waldinger, J. Ward, P. Watkiss , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 176
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363368
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Finance (Islamic law) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I: introduction to takaful: form, function and criticism -- 1. Takaful journey: the past and present and future / Ajmal Bhatty and Shariq Nisar -- 2. Solidarity, cooperation, and mutuality in takāful / Volker Nienhaus -- 3. Mutuality, reciprocity, and justice within the context of a unified theory of riba and ghara / Mahmoud A. El-Gamal -- 4. A proposed marriage between endowments, mutual insurance, and the institution of agency in Islamic law: an introduction to the waqf-wakalah model of takaful / Abdullah Nana -- 5. A critical shari'ah review of takaful structures: towards a better model / Abdulazeem Abozaid -- Part II: regulatory environment and legal aspects of takaful -- 6. New horizons: the potential for shari'ah-compliant cooperative and mutual financial services / Sara E. B. Carmody -- 7. Toward a watershed in takaful dispute resolution: from litigation to effective dispute management / Umar A. Oseni -- 8. Fatwā and its role in regulatory capture and arbitrage / Joe W. Bradford -- Part III: takaful product analysis -- 9. The nature of retakaful: risk sharing or transferring risks? / Abu Umar Faruq Ahmad; Ismail Bin Mahbob; and Muhammad Ayub -- 10. Commercial credit takaful / Muhammad Al Bashir Muhammad Al Amine -- 11. Shari'ah compliant high watermark protected lifetime annuity in family takaful? / Hiba Allam and Volker Nienhaus -- Part IV: takaful as social finance -- 12. Reimagining takaful: a new model for social banking / Hussam Sultan and Abdur-Rahman Syed -- 13. Islamic co-operatives: a route to poverty alleviation and economic development / Mian Farooq Haq and Bushra Shafiq -- 14. Scaling poverty reduction in indonesia: enhancing the institutional effectiveness of islamic microfinance institutions / Tanvir Ahmed Uddin and Muhammad Maaz Rahman -- 15. Micro-takaful in India: a path towards financial inclusion & sustainable development / Mohammad Faisal, Asif Akhtar, Asad Rehman and M. Abdul Samad.
    Abstract: Islamic finance distinguishes itself from conventional finance with its strong emphasis on the moral consequences of financial transactions; prohibiting interest, excessive uncertainty, and finance of harmful business. When it comes to risk mitigation, it is unique in its risk sharing approach. This authoritative book tracks the evolution of the takaful industry over the course of the last four decades and makes a major attempt to highlight the importance of risk sharing through a discussion of various models of cooperation and critical analysis of their performance, including illuminating case studies and a critical assessment of the Islamic insurance model and the role of alternate financing mechanisms. Its high-level discourse on shari'ah compliance and its nuances places emphasis on the importance of solidarity, cooperation, mutuality and reciprocity. Scholars and practitioners working in Islamic finance will appreciate the context and nuance of this important book, and it will be essential reading for anyone interested in alternative forms of shari'ah-compliant cooperative finance. The book is equally vital for academics and researchers interested in understanding various takaful models and their shari'ah considerations
    Note: Contributors include: A. Abozaid, A.U.F. Ahmad, A. Akhtar, M. Al Bashir Al Amine, S.N. Ali, H. Allam, M. Ayub, A. Bhatty, I. Bin Mahbob, J.W. Bradford, S.E.B. Carmody, M.A. El-Gamal, M. Faisal, M.F. Haq, A. Nana, V. Nienhaus, S. Nisar, U.A. Oseni, M. Rahman, A. Rehman, M.A. Samad, B. Shafiq, H. Sultan, A.-R. Syed, T.A. Uddin , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 177
    ISBN: 9781785366642
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (816 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; Volume 1: Great economists since Petty and Boisguilbert
    Keywords: Ökonomen ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Welt ; Economists Biography ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftswissenschaftler ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. William Petty (1623-1687) -- Tony Aspromourgos -- 2. Pierre Le Pesant de Boisguilbert (1646-1714) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 3. John Law (1671-1729) -- Antoin E. Murphy -- 4. Richard Cantillon (1680/90-1734) -- Antoin E. Murphy -- 5. Charles-Louis de Secondat de Montesquieu (1689-1755) -- Arnaud Orain -- 6. François Quesnay (1694-1774) and Physiocracy -- Arnaud Orain and Philippe Steiner -- 7. Daniel Bernoulli (1700-1782) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 8. David Hume (1711-1776) -- Daniel Diatkine -- 9. James Steuart [James Denham-Steuart] (1712-1780) -- Anthony Brewer -- Antonio Genovesi (1713-1769): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- 10. Adam Smith (1723-1790) -- Tony Aspromourgos -- Jean-Joseph-Louis Graslin (1727-1790): see French Enlightenment, Volume II -- 11. Anne-Robert-Jacques Turgot (1727-1781) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- Ferdinando Galiani (1728-1787): see French & Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- Pietro Verri (1728-1797): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- Cesare Bonesana Beccaria (1738-1794): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- 12. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas Caritat de Condorcet (1743-1794) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 13. Jeremy Bentham (1748-1832) -- Marco E. L. Guidi -- 14. Achille-Nicolas Isnard (1749-1803) -- Richard van den Berg -- 15. Henry Thornton (1760-1815) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 16. Thomas Robert Malthus (1766-1834) -- Catherine Martin -- 17. Jean-Baptiste Say (1767-1832) -- Alain Béraud -- 18. David Ricardo (1772-1823) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 19. Jean-Charles-Léonard Simonde de Sismondi (1773-1842) -- Francesca Dal Degan and Nicolas Eyguesier -- 20. Thomas Tooke (1774-1858) -- Neil Skaggs -- 21. Johann Heinrich von Thünen (1780-1850) -- Ludwig Nellinger -- 22. Robert Torrens (c.1780-1864) -- Christian Gehrke -- 23. Barthélémy-Charles Dunoyer de Segonzac -- Alain Béraud -- 24. Friedrich List (1789-1846) -- Stefan Kolev and Joachim Zweynert -- 25. Frédéric Bastiat (1801-1850) -- Alain Béraud -- 26. Antoine-Augustin Cournot (1801-1877) -- Alain Béraud -- 27. Jules Dupuit (1804-1866) -- Alain Béraud -- 28. John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) -- Arrigo Opocher -- 29. Pierre-Joseph Proudhon (1809-1865) -- Alain Béraud -- 30. Hermann Heinrich Gossen (1810-1858) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 31. Bruno Hildebrand (1812-1878) -- Bertram Schefold -- 32. Wilhelm George Friedrich Roscher (1817-1894) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 33. Karl Heinrich Marx (1818-1883) -- Gilbert Faccarello, Christian Gehrke and Heinz D. Kurz -- 34. Clément Juglar (1819-1905) -- Muriel Dal Pont-Legrande -- 35. Gustave de Molinari (1819-1912) -- Alain Béraud -- 36. Walter Bagehot (1826-1877) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 37. Adolph Heinrich Gotthilf Wagner (1834-1917) -- Rudolf Dujmovits and Richard Sturn -- 38. Marie Esprit Léon Walras (1834-1910) -- Roberto Baranzini -- 39. William Stanley Jevons (1835-1882) -- John Creedy -- 40. Gustav Friedrich von Schmoller (1838-1917) -- Johannes Glaeser -- 41. Henry Sidgwick (1838-1900) -- Keith Tribe -- 42. Alfred Marshall (1842-1924) -- Tiziano Raffaelli -- 43. Carl Menger (1840-1921) -- Gilles Campagnolo -- 44. Philip Henry Wicksteed (1844-1927) -- John Creedy -- 45. Francis Ysidro Edgeworth (1845-1926) -- John Creedy -- 46. John Bates Clark (1847-1938) -- Marlies Hanna Schütz -- 47. Vilfedo Pareto (1848-1923) -- Michael McLure -- 48. Eugen von Böhm-Bawerk (1851-1914) -- Carl Christian von Weizsäcker -- 49. Knut Wicksell (1851-1926) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 50. Friedrich von Wieser (1851-1926) -- Richard Sturn -- 51. Maffeo Pantaleoni (1857-1924) -- Marco Dardi -- 52. Thorstein Bunde Veblen (1857-1929) -- Alfonso Giuliani -- 53. Antonio De Viti de Marco (1858-1943) -- Amedeo Fossati -- 54. John Atkinson Hobson (1858-1940) -- Michael Schneider -- 55. Georg Simmel (1858-1918) -- Dieter Bögenhold -- 56. Enrico Barone (1859-1924) -- Marco Dardi -- 57. Max Weber (1864-1920) -- Keith Tribe -- 58. Mikhail Ivanovich Tugan-Baranovsky (1865-1919) -- Vladimir Avtonomov and Natalia Makasheva -- 59. Gustav Cassel (1866-1945) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 60. Irving Fisher (1867-1947) -- Harald Hagemann -- 61. Ladislaus von Bortkiewicz (1868-1931) -- Christian Gehrke and Heinz D. Kurz -- 62. Vladimir Karpovich Dmitriev (1868-1913) -- Christian Gehrke -- 63. Louis Bachelier (1870-1946) -- Alain Béraud -- 64. Arthur Spiethoff (1873-1957) -- David Haas -- 65. Albert Aftalion (1874-1956) -- Muriel Dal Pont-Legrand -- 66. Wesley Clair Mitchell (1874-1948) -- Malcolm Rutherford -- 67. Edwin Walter Kemmerer (1875-1945) -- Rebeca Gómez Betancourt -- 68. Arthur Cecil Pigou (1877-1959) -- Hansjörg Klausinger -- 69. Ralph George Hawtrey (1879-1975) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 70. Evgeni Evgenievich Slutsky (1880-1948) -- Irina Eliseeva -- 71. Ludwig Heinrich von Mises (1881-1973) -- Richard Sturn -- 72. John Maynard Keynes (1883-1946) -- Victoria Chick and Jesper Jespersen -- 73. Joseph Alois Schumpeter (1883-1950) -- Richard Sturn -- 74. Frank H. Knight (1885-1972) -- Ross B. Emmett -- 75. Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) -- Peter Kalmbach -- 76. Walter Eucken (1891-1950) -- Hauke Janssen -- 77. Erik Lindahl (1891-1960) -- Christian Gehrke -- 78. Adolph Lowe (1893-1995) -- Harald Hagemann -- 79. Ragnar Anton Kittil Frisch (1895-1973) -- Olav Bjerkholt -- 80. Jacob Marschak (1898-1977) -- Harald Hagemann -- 81. Gunnar Myrdal (1898-1987) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 82. Lionel Charles Robbins (1898-1984) -- Andreas Rainer -- 83. Piero Sraffa (1898-1983) -- Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 84. Edward H. Chamberlin (1899-1967) -- Rodolfo Signorino -- 85. Friedrich August von Hayek (1899-1992) -- Peter Boettke -- 86. Michał Kalecki (1899-1970) -- Michaël Assous -- 87. Roy Forbes Harrod (1900-1978) -- Michaël Assous -- 88. Abba Ptachya Lerner (1903-1982) -- Volker Caspari -- 89. John von Neumann (1903-1957) -- Manfred J. Holler -- 90. Frank Plumpton Ramsey (1903-1930) -- K. Vela Velupillai and Ragupathy Venkatachalam -- 91. Joan Violet Robinson (1903-1983) -- Harvey Gram -- 92. George Lennox Sharman Shackle (1903-1992) -- Brian J. Loasby -- 93. Jan Tinbergen (1903-1994) -- Mark Knell -- 94. John Richard Hicks (1904-1989) -- Harald Hagemann -- 95. Oskar Ryszard Lange (1904-1965) -- Michaël Assous -- 96. Richard Ferdinand Kahn (1905-1989) -- Geoffrey C. Harcourt -- 97. Wassily W. Leontief (1905-1999) -- Olav Bjerkholt -- 98. Heinrich von Stackelberg (1905-1946) -- Ulrich Schwalbe -- 99. James Edward Meade (1907-1995) -- Volker Caspari -- 100. Nicholas Kaldor (1908-1986) -- John E. King -- 101. Ronald Harry Coase (1910-2013) -- Élodie Bertrand -- 102. Richard Abel Musgrave (1910-2007) -- Richard Sturn -- 103. Tibor Scitovsky (1910-2002) -- Viviana Di Giovinazzo -- 104. Maurice Allais (1911-2010) -- Alain Béraud -- 105. Milton Friedman (1912-2006) -- Christian Philipp Schröder and Peter Spahn -- 106. Abram Bergson [Abram Burk] (1914-2003) -- Antoinette Baujard -- 107. Paul Anthony Samuelson (1915-2009) -- Carl Christian von Weizsäcker -- 108. Herbert Alexander Simon (1916-2001) -- K. Vela Velupillai and Ying-Fang Kao -- 109. James Tobin (1918-2002) -- Robert W. Dimand -- 110. James M. Buchanan (1919-2013) -- Viktor Vanberg -- 111. Hyman Philip Minsky (1919-1996) -- L. Randall Wray -- 112. Kenneth Joseph Arrow (1921) -- Maurice Salles -- 113. Gérard Debreu (1921-2004) -- Alan Kirman -- 114. Don Patinkin (1922-1995) -- Goulven Rubin -- 115. Michio Morishima (1923-2004) -- Toichiro Asada -- 116. Robert Merton Solow (1924) -- Peter Kalmbach -- 117. John Forbes Nash (1928-2015) -- Robert W. Diamand and Khalid Yahia -- 118. Robert Alexander Mundell (1932) -- Oliver Sauter and Peter Spahn -- 119. Takashi Negishi (1933) -- Toichiro Asada -- 120. Amartya Kumar Sen (1933) -- Wulf Gaertner -- 121. Robert E. Lucas (1937) -- Arash Molavi Vasséi snd Peter Spahn -- 122. George Akerlof (1940) -- Olivier Favereau -- 123. Joseph Eugene Stiglitz (1943) -- Max Gödl -- 124. Paul Robin Krugman (1953) -- Max Gödl.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume I contains original biographical profiles of many of the most important and influential economists from the seventeenth century to the present day. These inform the reader about their lives, works and impact on the further development of the discipline. The emphasis is on their lasting contributions to our understanding of the complex system known as the economy. The entries also shed light on the means and ways in which the functioning of this system can be improved and its dysfunction reduced
    Note: Contributors include: T. Asada, T. Aspromourgos, M. Assous, V. Avtonomov, R. Baranzini, A. Baujard, A. Béraud, É. Bertrand, O. Bjerkholt, P. Boettke, D. Bögenhold, A. Brewer, G. Campagnolo, V. Caspari, V. Chick J. Creedy, F. Dal Degan, M. Dal Pont-Legrande, M. Dardi, J. de Boyer des Roches, D. Diatkine, V. Di Giovinazzo, R.W. Dimand, R. Dujmovits, I. Eliseeva, R.B. Emmett, N. Eyguesier, G. Faccarello, O. Favereau, A. Fossati, W. Gaertner, C. Gehrke, A. Giuliani, J. Glaeser, M. Gödl, R. Gómez Betancourt, H. Gram, M.E.L. Guidi, D. Haas, H. Hagemann, G.C. Harcourt, M.J. Holler, H. Janssen, J. Jespersen, J. Joachim Zweynert, P. Kalmbach, Y.-F. Kao, J.E. King, A. Kirman, H. Klausinger, M. Knell, S. Kolev, H.D. Kurz, B.J. Loasby, N. Makasheva, C. Martin, M. McLure, A. Molavi Vasséi, A.E. Murphy, L. Nellinger, S. Oliver, A. Opocher, A. Orain, T. Raffaelli, A. Rainer, G. Rubin, M. Rutherford, M. Salles, N. Salvadori,B. Schefold, M. Schneider, C.P. Schröder, M.H. Schütz, U. Schwalbe, R. Signorino, N. Skaggs, P. Spahn, P. Steiner, R. Sturn, H.-M. Trautwein, K. Tribe, R. Van den Berg, V. Vanberg, K. Velupillai, R. Venkatachalam, C.C. von Weizsäcker, L.R. Wray, K. Yahia , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 178
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784718626
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (776 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 321
    Keywords: Public goods ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Meghnad Desai (2003), 'Public Goods: A Historical Perspective', in Inge Kaul, Pedro Conceição, Katell Le Goulven and Ronald U. Mendoza (eds), Providing Global Public Goods: Managing Globalization, Part 1, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 63-77 -- Charles P. Kindleberger (1986), 'International Public Goods Without International Government', American Economic Review, 76 (1), March, 1-13 -- William D. Nordhaus (2006), 'Paul Samuelson and Global Public Goods: A Commemorative Essay for Paul Samuelson', in Michael Szenberg, Lall Ramrattan and Aron A. Gottesman (eds), Samuelsonian Economics and the Twenty-First Century, Chapter 5, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 88-98 -- Inge Kaul and Ronald U. Mendoza (2003), 'Advancing the Concept of Public Goods', in Inge Kaul, Pedro Conceição, Katell Le Goulven and Ronald U. Mendoza (eds), Providing Global Public Goods: Managing Globalization, Part 1, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 78-11 -- Todd Sandler (1998), 'Global and Regional Public Goods: A Prognosis for Collective Action', Fiscal Studies, 19 (3), 221-47 -- Joseph S. Nye Jr. (2002), 'The American National Interest and Global Public Goods', International Affairs, 78 (2), April, 233-4 -- Amartya Sen (1999), 'Global Justice: Beyond International Equity', in Inge Kaul, Isabelle Grunberg and Marc A. Stern (eds), Global Public Goods: International Cooperation in the 21st Century, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 116-2 -- Calvin Blackwell and Michael McKee (2003), 'Only for my Own Neighbourhood? Preferences and Voluntary Provision of Local and Global Public Goods', Journal of Economic Behaviour and Organization, 52 (1), 115-31 -- Eric Brousseau and Tom Dedeurwaerdere (2012), 'Global Public Goods: The Participatory Governance Challenges', in Eric Brousseau, Tom Dedeurwaerdere and Bernd Siebenhüner (eds), Reflexive Governance for Global Public Goods, Chapter 1, Cambridge, MA, London, UK: MIT Press, 21-36, references -- Scott Barrett (2006), 'Critical Factors for Providing Transnational Public Goods', Expert Paper Series Seven: Cross-Cutting Issues, Chapter 1, Stockholm, Sweden: Secretariat of the International Task Force on Global Public Goods, 1-58 -- Cecilia Albin (2003), 'Negotiating International Cooperation: Global Public Goods and Fairness', Review of International Studies, 29 (3), July, 365-85 -- Todd Sandler (2013), 'Buchanan Clubs', Constitutional Political Economy, 24 (4), 265-84 -- Elinor Ostrom (2014), 'A Polycentric Approach for Coping with Climate Change', Annals of Economics and Finance, 15 (1), 97-134 -- "Fabrizio Cafaggi (2012), 'Transnational Private Regulation and the Production of Global Public Goods and Private "Bads"', European Journal of International Law, 23 (3), 695-718" -- David Gartner (2012), 'Global Public Goods and Global Health', Duke Journal of Comparative and International Law, 22, 303-18 -- Keith E. Maskus and Jerome H. Reichman (2004), 'The Globalization of Private Knowledge Goods and the Privatization of Global Public Goods', Journal of International Economic Law, 7 (2), 279-320 -- Agnar Sandmo (2007), 'The Welfare Economics of Global Public Goods', NHH (Norwegian School of Economics and Business Administration) Working Paper 35, November, 1-25 -- Ramses H. Abul Naga and Philip Jones (2013), 'Helping Others or Helping Oneself? International Subsidies and the Provision of Global Public Goods', Oxford Economic Papers, 65 (4), 856-75 -- Dirk T.G. Rübbelke (2011), 'International Support of Climate Change Policies in Developing Countries: Strategic, Moral and Fairness Aspects', Ecological Economics, 70 (8), June, 1470-80.
    Abstract: Pedro Conceição and Ronald U. Mendoza (2006), 'Identifying High-Return Investments: A Methodology for Assessing When International Cooperation Pays - and for Whom', in Inge Kaul and Pedro Conceição (eds), The New Public Finance: Responding to Global Challenges, Part 3, New York, NY, USA, Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 327-56 -- Tony Atkinson (2006), 'Global Public Finance', Oxonomics, 1 (1), 2-4 -- Ottmar Edenhofer, Michael Jakob, Felix Creutzig, Christian Flachsland, Sabine Fuss, Martin Kowarsch, Kai Lessmann, Linus Mattauch, Jan Siegmeier and Jan Christoph Steckel (2015), 'Closing the Emission Price Gap', Global Environmental Change, 31, 132-43 -- Nancy Birdsall and Benjamin Leo (2011), 'Find me the Money: Financing Climate and Other Global Public Goods', Centre for Global Development Working Paper 248, i, 1-50 -- Daniel Bodansky (2012), 'What's In a Concept? Global Public Goods, International Law and Legitimacy', European Journal of International Law, 23 (3), 651-68 -- Inge Kaul (2013), 'Meeting Global Challenges: Assessing Governance Readiness', The Governance Report, 33-58 -- Julio Frenk and Suerie Moon (2013), 'Governance Challenges in Global Health', New England Journal of Medicine, 368 (10), 936-42 -- José Antonio Ocampo (2010), 'Rethinking Global Economic and Social Governance', Journal of Globalization and Development, 1 (1), February, i, 1-27 -- Peter H. Sand (2004), 'Sovereignty Bounded: Public Trusteeship for Common Pool Resources?', Global Environmental Politics, 4 (1), February, 47-71 -- Nico Krisch (2014), 'The Decay of Consent: International Law in an Age of Global Public Goods', American Journal of International Law, 108 (1), 1-40.
    Abstract: Global and transnational challenges figure ever more prominently on national and international policy agendas and are increasingly analysed as global public goods (GPGs). This research review, which includes contributions by eminent scholars from a wide range of academic disciplines, provides a comprehensive overview of the current state of the theoretical and empirical research on this topic, and suggestions on where scholarship could go next. This research review will appeal to students, researchers, policymakers and experts, whether they are interested in a particular challenge like global climate change, cyber security, financial stability and health or in cross-cutting issues of public economics and finance, international relations and international law. The theory of inflation seeks to explain why inflation occurs and why its rate varies, to explain the co-movements betwen the inflation rate and other variables and to permit the design of mechanisms capable of delivering an optimal inflation path
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 179
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363740
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als What's wrong with Keynesian economic theory?
    DDC: 330.15/6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Keynesianismus ; Kritik ; Keynesian economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Keynessche Theorie ; Kritik
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. The Keynesian liquidity trap: an Austrian critique / Peter Boettke and Patrick Newman -- 2. What the entrepreneurial problem reveals about Keynesian macroeconomics / Per L. Bylund -- 3. A critique of two key concepts in Keynesian textbooks / Tim Congdon -- 4. The misdirection of Keynesian aggregates for understanding monetary and cyclical processes / Richard M. Ebeling -- 5. Cycles and slumps in an overly aggregated theoretical framework / Roger W. Garrison -- 6. The problems with Keynesianism: a view from Austrian capital theory / Steven Horwitz -- 7. The dangers of Keynesian economics / Steven Kates -- 8. The problem of Keynesian aggregation / Arnold Kling -- 9. What's wrong with Keynesian economists? / Art Laffer -- 10. Capital, saving and employment / George Reisman -- 11. What's wrong with Keynesian economics? / David Simpson -- 12. Move over keynes: replacing Keynesianism with a better model / Mark Skousen -- 13. The conclusive fault line in Keynesian economics / Peter Smith.
    Abstract: One of the most striking phenomena in all of economics is the absence of a deep tradition of criticism focused on Keynesian economic theory. There have been critics but they are few and far between, even though Keynesian demand management has been at the centre of some of the worst economic outcomes in history, from the great stagflation of the 1970s to the twenty-year 'lost decade' in Japan that has been ongoing since the 1990s, and now, once again, the dismal recoveries that have followed the Global Financial Crisis. This book brings together some of the most vocal critics of Keynesian economics of the present time. Each author attempts to explain what is wrong with Keynesian theory for those seeking guidance on where to turn for a more accurate explanation of the business cycle and what to do when recessions occur. The contributions are by scholars from a wide number of schools of economics, which include but are not restricted to Austrian, monetarist and classical perspectives. Written not just for economists, this accessible book is one of the few anti-Keynesian texts available and explains the inability of public spending and lower interest rates to have restored robust economic growth and full employment after the GFC. The collection offers an antidote to contemporary macroeconomic theory. It is an essential text for anyone wishing to understand why no stimulus has been able to bring recovery to any economy in which it has been tried
    Note: Contributors include: P. Boettke, P.L. Bylund, T. Congdon, R.M. Ebeling, R.W. Garrison, S. Horwitz, S. Kates, A. Kling, A.B. Laffer, P. Newman, G. Reisman, D. Simpson, M. Skousen, P. Smith , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 180
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (640 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Evolutionary economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Veblen, T. (1898), "Why is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?" Quarterly Journal of Economics, -- Marshall, A. (1961[1890]), Principles of Economics, London: Macmillan -- Hodgson, G.M. (1993), Economics and Evolution: Bringing Life Back into Economics, Cambridge: Polity Press -- Bowler, P.J. (1989), Evolution - The History of an Idea, Berkeley: University of California Press -- Mirowski, P. (1988), Against Mechanism - Protecting Economics from Science, Totowa, NJ: Rowman & Littlefield -- Mas-Colell, A., Whinston, M.D., and Green, J.R. (1995), Microeconomic Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press -- Witt, U. (2008), "What is Specific About Evolutionary Economics?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 18, 547-575 -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1934[1912]), Theory of Economic Development, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press (first published as Theorie der Wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung, 1912) -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1908), Das Wesen und der Hauptinhalt der theoretischen Nationalökonomie, Leipzig: -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1910), "Über das Wesen der Wirtschaftskrisen", Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft, Sozialpolitik und Verwaltung, 19, 271-325 -- Witt, U. (2014), "The Future of Evolutionary Economics: Why the Modalities of Explanations Matter", Journal of Institutional Economics, 10, 645-664 -- McClelland, D.C. and Winter, D.G. (1969), Motivating Economic Achievement, New York: Free Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1939), Business Cycles: A Theoretical, Historical, and Statistical Analysis of the Capitalist Process, New York: McGraw-Hill -- Andersen, E.S. (2009), Schumpeter's Evolutionary Economics, London: Anthem -- Freeman, C. (1984), Long Waves in the World Economy, London: Pinter -- Iwai, K. (1984), "Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5, 159-190 -- Klepper, S. (1997), "Industry Life Cycles", Industrial and Corporate Change, 6, 145-181 -- Fagerberg, J. (2003), "Schumpeter and the Revival of Evolutionary Economics: An Appraisal of the Literature", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 13, 125-159 -- Metcalfe, J.S., Foster, J., and Ramlogan, R. (2006), "Adaptive Economic Growth", Cambridge Journal of Economics, 30, 7-32.
    Abstract: Foster, J. (2011), "Evolutionary Macroeconomics: A Research Agenda", Journal of Evolutionary -- Kurz, H. (2012), "Schumpeter's New Combinations", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 22, 871-899 -- Shane, S.A. and Venkataraman, S. (2000), "The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research", Academy of Management Review, 25, 217-226 -- Sahal, D. (1981), Patterns of Technological Innovations, New York: Addison-Wesley -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (1982), An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1942), Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, New York: Harper -- Reinganum, J.F. (1985), "Innovation and Industry Evolution", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 100, 81-99 -- Aghion, P., Bloom, N., Blundell, R., Griffith, R., and Howitt, P. (2005), "Competition and Innovation: An Inverted-U Relationship", Quarterly Journal of -- Kamien, M.I. and Schwarz, N.L. (1982), Market Structure and Innovation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Baldwin, W.L. and Scott, J.T. (1987), Market Structure and Technological Change, Chur: Harwood Academic Publishers -- Cohen, W.M. (2010), "Fifty Years of Empirical Studies of Innovative Activity and Performance", in B.W. Hall and N. Rosenberg (eds), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 129-213 -- Alchian, A.A. (1950), "Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory", Journal of Political Economy, 58, 211-221 -- Penrose, E.T. (1952), "Biological Analogies in the Theory of the Firm", American Economic Review, 42, 804-819 -- Friedman, M. (1953), "The Methodology of Positive Economics", in M. Friedman (ed.), Essays in Positive Economics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 3-43 -- Winter, S.G. (1964), "Economic 'Natural Selection' and the Theory of the Firm", Yale Economic Essays, 4, 225-272 -- Winter, S.G. (1971), "Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovating Remnant", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 85, 237-261 -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (2002), "Evolutionary Theorizing in Economics", Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16, 23-46 -- Hanusch, H. and Pyka, A. (eds) (2007), Elgar Companion to Neo-Schumpeterian Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Simon, H.A. (1955), "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 69, 99-118.
    Abstract: March, J.G. and Simon, H.A. (1958), Organizations, New York: Wiley -- Cyert, R.M. and March, J.G. (1963), A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall -- Dopfer, K. (2011), "Economics in a Cultural Key: Complexity and Evolution Revisited", in J.B. Davis and D.W. Hands (eds), Elgar Companion to Recent Economic Methodology, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Andersen, E.S. (1994), Evolutionary Economics - Post-Schumpeterian Contributions, London: Pinter -- Kwasnicki, W. (1996), Knowledge, Innovation and Economy - An Evolutionary Exploration, Cheltenham, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar -- Cantner, U. and Pyka, A. (2001), "Classifying Technology Policy from an Evolutionary Perspective", Research Policy, 30, 759-775 -- Becker, M.C. (2004), "Organizational Routines: A Review of the Literature", Industrial and Corporate Change, 13, 643-677 -- Lazaric, N. and Raybaut, A. (2005), "Knowledge, Hierarchy and the Selection of Routines:An Interpretative Model with Group Interactions", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 15, 393-421 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1994), "Competition, Fisher's Principle and Increasing Returns in the Selection Process", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 4, 327-346 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2002), "On the Optimality of the Competitive Process: Kimura's Theorem and Market Dynamics", Journal of Bioeconomics, 4, 109-133 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2008), "Accounting for Economic Evolution: Fitness and the Population Method", Journal of -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1998), Evolutionary Economics and Creative Destruction, London: Routledge -- Dosi, G., Nelson, R.R., and Winter S.G. (2000), "Introduction: The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities", in G. Dosi, R.R. Nelson, and S.G. Winter (eds), The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1-22 -- Murmann, J.P., Aldrich, H., Levinthal, D., and Winter S. (2003), "Evolutionary Thought in Management and Organization Theory at the Beginning of the New Millennium", Journal of Management Inquiry, 12, 1-19 -- Witt, U. (2011), "Emergence and Functionality of Organizational Routines: An Individualistic Approach", Journal of Institutional Economics, 7, 157-174 -- Joosten, R. (2006), "Walras and Darwin: An Odd Couple?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 16, 561-573 -- Hayek, F.A. (1945), "The Use of Knowledge in Society", American Economic Review, 35, 519-530 -- Hayek, F.A. (1978), "Competition as a Discovery Procedure", in F.A. Hayek (ed.), New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge, 179-190 -- Shackle, G.L.S. (1979), Imagination and the Nature of Choice, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
    Abstract: Witt, U. (2009), "Propositions About Novelty", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 70, 311-320 -- Fisher, F.M. (1983), Disequilibrium Foundations of Equilibrium Economics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- David, P.A. (1985), "Clio and the Economics of QWERTY", American Economic Review, 75 (Papers & Proceedings), 332-337 -- Arthur, W.B., Ermoliev, Y.M., and Kaniovsky, Y.M. (1987), "Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-structure", European Journal of Operations Research, 30, 294-303 -- Wilson, D.S. (2015), "Two Meanings of Complex Adaptive Systems", in D.S. Wilson and A. Kirman (eds), Complexity and Evolution - A New Synthesis for Economics, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Arthur, W.B. (1994), Increasing Returns and Path Dependence in the Economy, Ann Arbor: University of -- Hayek, F.A. (1988), The Fatal Conceit, London: Routledge -- Richerson, P.J., Baldini, R., Bell, A., Demps, K., Frost, K., Hillis, V., Methew, S., Narr, N., Newson, L., Newton, E., Ross, C., Smaldino, P., Waring, T., and Zefferman, M.R. (2015), "Cultural Group Selection Plays an Essential Role in Explaining Human Cooperation: A Sketch of Evidence", Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 760, 1-71 -- Menger, C. (1985 [1883]), Investigations into the Method of the Social Sciences with Special Reference to Economics (first published as Untersuchungen ueber die Methode der Socialwissenschaften und der Politischen Ökonomie, 1883) New York: New York University Press -- Young, P. (1998), Individual Strategy and Social Structure: An Evolutionary Theory of Social -- North, D.C. (1997), Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- North, D.C., Wallis, J.J., and Weingast, B.R. (2009), Violence and Social Order, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Ostrom, E. (2014), "Do Institutions Collective Action Evolve?" Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 3-30 -- Kuran, T. (1995), Private Truths, Public Lies - The Social Consequences of Preference Falsification, -- Brown, G.R. and Richerson, P.J. (2014), "Applying Evolutionary Theory to Human Behavior: Past Differences and Current Debates", Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 105-128 -- Boulding, K.E. (1981), Evolutionary Economics, Beverly Hills: Sage Publications -- Marchetti, C. (1980), "Society as a Learning System: Discovery, Invention, and Innovation Cycles Revisited", Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 18, 267-282 -- Buenstorf, G. (2004), The Economics of Energy and the Production Process - An Evolutionary Approach, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Ayres, R.U. and Warr, B. (2009), The Economic Growth Engine - How Energy and Work Drive Material Prosperity, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.
    Abstract: Georgescu-Roegen, N. (1971), The Entropy Law and the Economic Process, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Day, R.H. and Walter J.-L. (1989), "Economic Growth in the Very Long Run: On the Multiple-Phase Interactions of Population, Technology, and Social Infrastructure", in W.A. Barnett, J. Geweke and K. Shell (eds), Economic Complexity, Chaos, Sunspots, Bubbles, and Nonlinearity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 253-289 -- van den Bergh, J.C.J.M. (2007), "Evolutionary Thinking in Environmental Economics", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 17, 521-549 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (1947), 'The Creative Response in Economic History', Journal of Economic History, VH (2), November, 149-59 -- Joseph Schumpeter (1928), 'The Instability of Capitalism', Economic Journal, XXXVHI (151), September, 361-86 -- Christopher Freeman (1990), 'Schumpeter's Business Cycles Revisited', in Arnold Heertje and Mark Perlman (eds), Evolving Technology and Market Structure - Studies in Schumpeterian Economics, Aim Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 17-38 -- Armen A. Alchian (1950), 'Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory', Journal of Political Economy, LVIH, 211-21 -- Sidney G. Winter (1971), 'Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovaring Remnant', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXV (2), May, 237-61 -- Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1980), 'Firm and Industry Response to Changed Market Conditions: An Evolutionary Approach', Economic Inquiry, XVIII (2), April, 179-202 -- Katsuhito Iwai (1984), 'Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5 (2), June, 159-90 -- R.C.O. Matthews (1984), 'Darwinism and Economic Change', in D.A. Collard , N.H. Dimsdale , C.L. Gilbert , D.R. Helm , M.F.G. Scott and A.K. Sen (eds), Economic Theory and Hicksian Themes, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 91-117 -- John M. Gowdy (1985), 'Evolutionary Theory and Economic Theory: Some Methodological Issues, Review of Social Economy, XLIII (3), December, 316-24 -- Jack Hirshleifer (1982), 'Evolutionary Models in Economics and Law: Cooperation Versus Conflict Strategies', Research in Law and Economics, 4, 1-60 -- W. Brian Arthur, Yu M. Ermoliev and Yu M. Kaniovski (1987), 'Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-Structure', European Journal of Operational Research, 30 (3), June, 294-303 -- Paul A. David (1985), 'Clio and the Economics of QWERTY', American Economic Review, 75 (2), May, 332-7 -- Timur Kuran (1989), 'Sparks and Prairie Fires: A Theory of Unanticipated Political Revolution', Public Choice, 61, 41-74 -- G. Haag, W. Weidlich and G. Mensch (1987), 'The Schumpeter Clock', in D. Batten , J. Casti and B. Johansson (eds), Economic Evolution and Structural Adjustment, Berlin: Springer, 187-226 -- Brian Loasby (1983), 'Knowledge, Learning and Enterprise', in J. Wiseman (ed.), Beyond Positive Economics?, New York: St. Martin's Press, 104-21 -- Stan Metcalfe (1989), 'Evolution and Economic Change', in Audrey Silberston (ed.), Technology and Economic Progress, London: Macmillan Press, 54-85.
    Abstract: F.A. Hayek (1978), 'Competition as a Discovery Procedure', in F.A. Hayek , New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 179-90 -- Ulrich Witt (1985), 'Coordination of Individual Economic Activities as an Evolving Process of Self-Organization', tconomie Appliquie, XXXVII, 569-95 -- Robert Boyd and Peter J. Richerson (1980), 'Sociobiology, Culture and Economic Theory', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (2), June, 97-121 -- F.A. Hayek (1967), 'Notes on the Evolution of Systems of Rules of Conduct', Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 66-81 -- Viktor Vanberg (1986), 'Spontaneous Market Order and Social Rules: A Critical Examination of F.A. Hayek's Theory of Cultural Evolution', Economics and Philosophy, 2 (1), April, 75-100.
    Abstract: Evolutionary economics has become a major heterodox approach over the last decades. Its roots can be traced back to Schumpeter and Veblen. More recently, an important role is also played by analogies to evolutionary biology, notably to natural selection models. As this research review explains, the approach of evolutionary economics offers an improved understanding of market processes, industry dynamics, structural change, and economic growth as being driven by human innovativeness
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 181
    ISBN: 9781783473830
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Innovation systems for development
    Keywords: 2000-2010 ; Technologiepolitik ; Entwicklungsindikator ; Soziale Lage ; Entwicklungsländer ; Bolivien ; Vietnam ; Tansania ; Mosambik ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Entwicklungsländer ; Innovationsförderung ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Science, technology and innovation for whom? / Bo Göransson -- 2. The socio-economic context and the millennium development goals / Claes Brundenius -- 3. Emerging innovation systems in developing countries: Bolivia, Vietnam, Tanzania and Mozambique / Claes Brundenius, Carlos Aguirre-Bastos, Tran Ngoc Ca, Bitrina Diyamett and Maximiano Dgedge -- 4. The national innovation system in Bolivia and its relevance for development / Carlos Aguirre-Bastos, Javier Aliaga Lordeman, Ignacio Garrón Védia and Raúl Rubín De Célis Cedro -- 5. The national innovation system in Vietnam and its relevance for development / Tran Ngoc Ca -- 6. The national innovation system in Tanzania and its relevance for development / Bitrina Diyamett, Heric Thomas, Lanta Daniel, Justine Liberio and Carlos Aguirre-Bastos -- 7. The national innovation system in Mozambique and its relevance for development / Carlos Aguirre-Bastos, Sérgio Chicumbe, Maximiano Dgedge, and Bo Göransson -- 8. Making research matter: a synthesis of survey findings / Bo Göransson.
    Abstract: The rise and expansion of organized scientific research has led individuals to become accustomed to an unceasing delivery of new scientific results and technical improvements that resolve even seemingly unsolvable problems. This timely book examines how science-based research and innovation is designed, implemented and applied in developing countries in support of development and poverty alleviation. The expert contributors trace and compare the emergence of national innovation systems (NIS) in four developing countries - Bolivia, Mozambique, Tanzania and Vietnam. Dedicated chapters on each country identify the main structural and organizational problems for improving the relevance and quality of research output for the productive sector, and conclude by offering suggestions on how the process of applying research outputs and innovations in support of development goals can be improved. Scholars and students of development, innovation and related subjects will find this book, with its focus on national innovation systems, to be useful. It will also be of interest to policy advisors, decision makers and other practitioners involved in development issues
    Note: Contributors include: C. Aguirre-Bastos, C. Brundenius, T.N. Ca, S. Chicumbe, L. Daniel, R.R. de Celis Cedró, M. Dgedge, B. Diyamett, B. Göransson, J. Liberio, J.A. Lordeman, H. Thomas, I.G. Védia , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 182
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368288
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (832 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 324
    Keywords: Political corruption Economic aspects ; Economic development ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Pranab Bardhan (1997), 'Corruption and Development: A Review of Issues', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (3), September, 1320-46 -- Jakob Svensson (2005), 'Eight Questions about Corruption', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (3), Summer, 19-42, A1-A3 -- Toke S. Aidt (2003), 'Economic Analysis of Corruption: A Survey', Economic Journal, 113 (491), November, F632-F652 -- Vito Tanzi (1998), 'Corruption Around the World: Causes, Consequences, Scope, and Cures', IMF Staff Papers, 45 (4), December, 559-94 -- Daniel Kaufmann, Aart Kraay and Massimo Mastruzzi (2006), 'Measuring Governance Using Cross-Country Perceptions Data', in Susan Rose-Ackerman (ed.), International Handbook on the Economics of Corruption, Chapter 2, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 52-104 -- James E. Foster, Andrew W. Horowitz and Fabio Méndez (2012), 'An Axiomatic Approach to the Measurement of Corruption: Theory and Applications', World Bank Economic Review, 26 (2), June, 217-35 -- Benjamin A. Olken (2009), 'Corruption Perceptions vs. Corruption Reality', Journal of Public Economics, 93 (7-8), August, 950-64 -- Axel Dreher, Christos Kotsogiannis and Steve McCorriston (2007), 'Corruption Around the World: Evidence from a Structural Model', Journal of Comparative Economics, 35 (3), September, 443-66 -- Francis T. Lui (1985), 'An Equilibrium Queuing Model of Bribery', Journal of Political Economy, 93 (4), August, 760-81 -- Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1993), 'Corruption', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108 (3), August, 599-617 -- Toke S. Aidt and Jayasri Dutta (2008), 'Policy Compromises: Corruption and Regulation in a Democracy', Economics and Politics, 20 (3), November, 335-60 -- Christopher Bliss and Rafael Di Tella (1997), 'Does Competition Kill Corruption?', Journal of Political Economy, 105 (5), October, 1001-23 -- Gary S. Becker and George J. Stigler (1974), 'Law Enforcement, Malfeasance, and Compensation of Enforcers', Journal of Legal Studies, 3 (1), January, 1-18 -- Jean Tirole (1986), 'Hierarchies and Bureaucracies: On the Role of Collusion in Organizations', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (2), Fall, 181-214 -- Daron Acemoglu and Thierry Verdier (2000) 'The Choice between Market Failures and Corruption', American Economic Review, 90 (1), March, 194-211 -- Jens Chr. Andvig and Karl Ove Moene (1990), 'How Corruption May Corrupt', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 13 (1), 63-76 -- Theo Eicher, Cecilia García-Peñalosa and Tanguy van Ypersele (2009), 'Education, Corruption, and the Distribution of Income', Journal of Economic Growth, 14 (3), September, 205-31 -- Bård Harstad and Jakob Svensson (2011), 'Bribes, Lobbying, and Development', American Political Science Review, 105 (1), February, 46-63 -- Daniel Treisman (2007), 'What Have We Learned About the Causes Of Corruption from Ten Years of Cross-National Empirical Research?', Annual Review of Political Science, 10, 211-44.
    Abstract: Sascha O. Becker, Peter H. Egger and Tobias Seidel (2009), 'Common Political Culture: Evidence on Regional Corruption Contagion', European Journal of Political Economy, 25 (3), September, 300-10 -- Nauro F. Campos and Francesco Giovannoni (2007), 'Lobbying, Corruption and Political Influence', Public Choice, 131 (1-2), April, 1-21 -- Paolo Mauro (1995), 'Corruption and Growth', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 110 (3), August, 681-712 -- Nathaniel H. Leff (1964), 'Economic Development Through Bureaucratic Corruption', American Behavioral Scientist, 8 (3), November, 8-14 -- Pierre-Guillaume Méon and Laurent Weill (2010), 'Is Corruption an Efficient Grease?', World Development, 38 (3), March, 244-59 -- Martin Paldam (2002), 'The Cross-Country Pattern of Corruption: Economics, Culture and the Seesaw Dynamics', European Journal of Political Economy, 18 (2), June, 215-40 -- Toke Aidt, Jayasri Dutta and Vania Sena (2008), 'Governance Regimes, Corruption and Growth: Theory and Evidence', Journal of Comparative Economics, 36 (2), June, 195-220 -- Erich Gundlach and Martin Paldam (2009), 'The Transition of Corruption: From Poverty to Honesty', Economics Letters, 103 (3), June, 146-8 -- Ritva Reinikka and Jakob Svensson (2004), 'Local Capture: Evidence from a Central Government Transfer Program in Uganda', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 119 (2), May, 679-705 -- Benjamin A. Olken (2007), 'Monitoring Corruption: Evidence from a Field Experiment in Indonesia', Journal of Political Economy, 115 (2), April, 200-49 -- Raymond Fisman and Edward Miguel (2007), 'Corruption, Norms, and Legal Enforcement: Evidence from Diplomatic Parking Tickets', Journal of Political Economy, 115 (6), December, 1020-48 -- Abigail Barr and Danila Serra (2010), 'Corruption and Culture: An Experimental Analysis', Journal of Public Economics, 94 (11-12), December, 862-69 -- Ritwik Banerjee, Tushi Baul and Tanya Rosenblat (2015), 'On Self Selection of the Corrupt into the Public Sector', Economics Letters, 127, February, 43-6 -- Claudio Ferraz and Frederico Finan (2008), 'Exposing Corrupt Politicians: The Effects of Brazil's Publicly Released Audits on Electoral Outcomes', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 123 (2), May, 703-45.
    Abstract: Corruption is an almost universal and persistent feature of the modern state. Commentators primarily view corruption as a major obstacle to development, whereas dissenting voices claim that corruption has the power to facilitate trade that would otherwise not have taken place. Written by the editors, this research review provides an insightful discussion of the most significant works contributing to our understanding of this debate. Focusing on the key conceptual and theoretical issues, along with an examination of anti-corruption policies, this review is a valuable asset to scholars and academics alike
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 183
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786434760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (2 v) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Transaction costs ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Williamson, Oliver E. and Scott E. Masten (1995), Transaction Cost Economics, Volume I: Theory and Concepts and Volume II: Policy and Applications, Aldershot, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism: Firms, Markets, Relational Contracting, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Llewellyn, Karl (1931), 'What Price Contract? An Essay in Perspective', Yale Law Journal, 40 (May), 704-51 -- Commons, John R. (1934), Institutional Economics, Madison: University of Wisconsin Press -- Barnard, Chester (1938), The Functions of the Executive, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press (fifteenth printing, 1962) -- Coase, Ronald H. (1937), 'The Nature of the Firm', Economica N.S., 4, 386-405. Reprinted in Oliver E. Williamson and Sidney Winter (eds) (1991), The Nature of the Firm: Origins, Evolution, Development, New York: Oxford University Press, 18-33 -- Commons, John R. (1925), 'Law and Economics', Yale Law Journal, 34, 371-82. -- Hayek, Friedrich (1945), 'The Use of Knowledge in Society', American Economic Review, 35 (4), September, 519-30 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1988), 'The Nature of the Firm: Influence', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 33-48 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1960), 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, 3 (October), 1-44 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1969), 'The Organization of Economic Activity: Issues Pertinent to the Choice of Market Versus Nonmarket Allocation', in The Analysis and Evaluation of Public Expenditure: The PPB System, Vol. 1, U.S. Joint Economic Committee, 91st Congress, 1st Session. Washington, DC: US Government Printing Office, 59-73 -- Matthews, R.C.O. (1986), 'The Economics of Institutions and the Sources of Economic Growth', Economic Journal, 96 (384), December, 903-18 -- Hodgson, Geoffrey (1988), Economics and Institutions, Cambridge, UK: Polity Press -- Posner, Richard A. (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. (Reprinted in The Economics of Transaction Costs, Volume I, Edward Elgar) -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1974), The Limits of Organization (first edition), New York, NY, USA: W. W. Norton and Company Ltd. -- Simon, Herbert A. (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Alchian, Armen A. and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1971), 'The Vertical Integration of Production: Market Failure Considerations', American Economic Review, 61 (2), May, 112-23.
    Abstract: Klein, Benjamin, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Demsetz, Harold (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 141-62 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991a), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- Teece, David J. (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Penrose, Edith Tilton (1959), The Theory of Growth of the Firm, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. -- Klein, Benjamin and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1995), 'The Politics and Economics of Redistribution and Inefficiency', Greek Economic Review, 17 (2), December, 115-36 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Machiavelli, Niccolo (1952), The Prince, New York: New American Library -- Greif, Avner (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991b), 'Economic Institutions: Spontaneous and Intentional Governance', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 159-87 -- Dixit, Avinash (2003), 'Trade Expansion and Contract Enforcement', Journal of Political Economy, 111, December, 1293-317 -- Dixit, Avinash (2009), 'Governance Institutions and Economic Activity', American Economic Review, 99 (1), March, 5-24 -- Masten, Scott E. and Jens Prufer (2014), 'On the Evolution of Collective Enforcement Institutions: Communities and Courts', Journal of Legal Studies, 43 (2), June, 359-40 -- Kreps, David M. (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, 240-41 (notes) -- Grossman, Sanford J. and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719 -- Hart, Oliver and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1975) Markets and Hierarchies: Analysis and Antitrust Implications, A Study in the Economics of Internal Organization, New York: The Free Press.
    Abstract: Riordan, Michael H. (1990), 'What is Vertical Integration?', Chapter 5 in Masahiko Aoki, Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Arrow, Kenneth J. (1975), 'Vertical Integration and Communication', Bell Journal of Economics, 6 (1), Spring, 173-83 -- Tirole, Jean (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Hart, Oliver E. (2009), 'Hold-up, Asset Ownership, and Reference Points', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 124 (1), February, 267-300 -- Goldberg, Victor P. and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Masten, Scott E. (1988), 'Equity, Opportunism, and the Design of Contractual Relations', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 144 (1), February, 180-95 -- Klein, Benjamin (1992), 'Contracts and Incentives', in Lars Werin and Hans Wijkander (eds), Contract Economics, Cambridge, MA: Basil Blackwell, 149-72 -- Machlup, Fritz (1967), 'Theories of the Firm: Marginalist, Behavioral, Managerial', American Economic Review, 57 (1), March, 1-33 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1968), 'A Dynamic-Stochastic Theory of Managerial Behavior', in Almarin Phillips and Oliver Williamson (eds), Prices: Issues in Theory, Practice, and Public Policy, Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press, page numbers unavailable -- Milgrom, Paul and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth J. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, 234-40 (notes) -- Tullock, Gordon (1967), 'The Welfare Costs of Tariffs, Monopoly, and Theft', Western Economic Journal, 5 (3), June, 224-32 -- Krueger, Anne (1974), 'The Political Economy of the Rent-Seeking Society', American Economic Review, 64 (3), June, 291-303 -- Schelling, Thomas C. (1960), The Strategy of Conflict, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press -- Barzel, Yoram (1982), 'Measurement Cost and the Organization of Markets', Journal of Law and Economics, 25 (1), April, 27-48 -- Holmstrom, Bengt and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Aoki, Masahiko (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1991), 'Strategizing, Economizing, and Economic Organization', Strategic Management Journal, 12 (S2), Winter, 75-94 -- Hansmann, Henry (1988), 'Ownership of the Firm', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 267-304 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2008), 'Corporate Boards of Directors: In Principle and in Practice', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 24 (2), October, 247-72.
    Abstract: Williamson, Oliver E. (1988), 'Corporate Finance and Corporate Governance', Journal of Finance, 43, July, 567-91 -- Macher, Jeffrey T. and Barak D. Richman (2008), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: An Assessment of Empirical Research in the Social Sciences', Business and Politics, 10, 1-63 -- Klein, Peter G. and Howard A. Shelanski (1995), 'Empirical Research in Transaction Cost Economics: A Review and Assessment', Journal of Law, Economics, & Organization, 11 (2), October, 335-61 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1996), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts Revisited: Lessons from Transaction Cost Economics for Public Utility Regulation', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 9 (1), January, 5-39 -- Masten, Scott E. (1996), Case Studies in Contracting and Organization, New York: Oxford University Press -- Lafontaine, Francine and Margaret Slade (2007), 'Vertical Integration and Firm Boundaries: The Evidence', Journal of Economic Literature, 45 (3), September, 629-85 -- Simon, Herbert (1991), 'Organizations and Markets', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (2), Spring, 25-44 -- Klein, Benjamin (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Coase, Ronald H. (2000), 'The Acquisition of Fisher Body by General Motors',Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 15-31 -- Coase, R.H. (2006), 'The Conduct of Economics: The Example of Fisher Body and General Motors', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (2), Summer, 255-78 -- Chandler, Alfred D. and Stephen Salsbury (1971), Pierre S. Du Pont and the Making of the Modern Corporation, New York: Harper and Row -- Casadesus-Masanell, Ramon and Daniel Spulber, 2000, 'The Fable of Fisher Body', Journal of Law and Economics, 43 (1), April, 67-104 -- Klein, B. (2007), 'The Economic Lessons of Fisher Body-General Motors', International Journal of the Economics of Business, 14 (1), February, 1-36 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Monteverde, Kirk and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Masten, Scott E. (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Anderson, Erin and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', RAND Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- John, George and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-50 -- Masten, Scott E., James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Synder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25.
    Abstract: Forbes, Silke and Mara Lederman (2009), 'Adaptation and Vertical Integration in the Airline Industry', American Economic Review, 99 (5), December, 1831-49 -- Palay, Thomas M. (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Joskow, Paul L. (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- Lyons, Bruce R. (1994), 'Contracts and Specific Investment: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Theory', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 3 (2), June, 257-78 -- Mulherin, J. Harold (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Masten, Scott. E. and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Leffler, Keith B. and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Pirrong, Stephen Craig (1993), 'Contracting Practices in Bulk Shipping Markets: A Transactions Cost Explanation', Journal of Law and Economics, 36 (2), October, 937-76 -- Masten, Scott E. (2009), 'Long-Term Contracts and Short-Term Commitment: Price Determination for Heterogeneous Freight Transactions', American Law and Economics Review, 11, Spring, 79-111 -- Oyer, Paul (2004), 'Why Do Firms Use Incentives that Have no Incentive Effects?' Journal of Finance, 59 (4), August, 1619-50 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L. and Joanne E. Oxley (2013), 'Vertical Relationships, Hostages, Supplier Performance: Evidence from the Japanese Automotive Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 29, June, 495-513 -- Ahmadjian, Christina L, and Joanne E. Oxley (2006), Using Hostages to Support Exchange: Dependence Balancing and Equity Ties in Japanese Automotive Supply Relationships', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 22 (1), April, 213-33 -- Demsetz, Harold (1968), 'Why Regulate Utilities?' Journal of Law and Economics, 11 (1), 55-65 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Goldberg, Victor P. (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- Priest, George L. (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Levy, Brian and Pablo T. Spiller (1994), 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 201-46 -- Spiller, Pablo T. (2012), 'Transaction Cost Regulation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 89, May, 232-42.
    Abstract: Bajari, Patrick, Robert McMillan and Steven Tadelis (2009), 'Auctions versus Negotiations in Procurement: An Empirical Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 25 (2), October, 372-99 -- Bajari, Patrick, Stephanie Houghton and Steven Tadelis (2014), 'Bidding for Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Adaptation Costs', American Economic Review, 104 (4), April, 1831-49 -- North, Douglass C. and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Weingast, Barry R. and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Gely, Rafael and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Scott E. Masten (1988), 'Mitigating Contractual Hazards: Unilateral Options and Contract Length', RAND Journal of Economics, 19 (3), Autumn, 327-43 -- Joskow, Paul (1991), 'The Role of Transaction Costs Economics in Antitrust and Public Utility Regulatory Policies', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 55-87 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Kenney, Roy W. and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Masten, Scott E. and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70 -- Liebowitz, Stan J. and Stephen E. Margolis (1995), 'Path-dependence, Lock-in, and History', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 11 (1), April, 205-26 -- Furubotn, Eirik G. and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Coase, Ronald H. (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-98 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Williamson, Oliver E. (2010), 'Transaction Cost Economics: The Natural Progression', American Economic Review, 100 (3), June, 673-90 -- Ramseyer, J. Mark (1991), 'Indentured Prostitution in Imperial Japan: Credible Commitments in the Commercial Sex Industry', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization 7 (1), Spring, 89-116 -- Cohen, Dara K., Mariano-Florentino Cuellar, and Barry R. Weingast (2006), 'Crisis Bureaucracy: Homeland Security and the Political Design of Legal Mandates', Stanford Law Review, 59 (3), 673-760 -- Crocker, Keith J. and Kenneth J. Reynolds (1993), 'The Efficiency of Incomplete Contracts: An Empirical Analysis of Air Force Engine Procurement', RAND Journal of Economics, 24(1) (Spring), 126-146.
    Abstract: Nickerson, Jackson A. and Brian S. Silverman (2003), 'Why Aren't All Truck Drivers Owner-Operators? Asset Ownership and the Employment Relation in Interstate for-hire Trucking', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 12 (1), Spring, 91-118 -- Arruñada, Benito, Manuel Gonzalez-Dıaz and Alberto Fernandez (2004), 'Determinants of Organizational Form: Transaction Costs and Institutions in the European Trucking Industry', Industrial and Corporate Change, 13 (6), December, 867-82 -- Baumol, William J. and J. Gregory Sidak (1994), Toward Competition in Local Telephony, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Masten, Scott E. (2011), 'Public Utility Ownership in 19th-Century America: The 'Aberrant" Case of Water', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 27(3), October, 604-654 -- Masten, Scott E. (2006), 'Authority and Commitment: Why Universities, Like Legislatures, Are Not Organized As Firms', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 15 (3), Fall, 649-84 -- Wright, Joshua D. (2010), 'The Chicago School, Transaction Cost Economics and Antitrust', in Peter G. Klein and Michael E. Sykuta (eds), The Elgar Companion to Transaction Cost Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, 230-43 -- R.H. Coase (1972), 'Industrial Organization: A Proposal for Research', in Victor R. Fuchs (ed.), Policy Issues and Research Opportunities in Industrial Organization, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research, 59-73 -- Kenneth J. Arrow (1974), 'Organization and Information', in The Limits of Organization, New York: W.W. Norton, 33-43 -- Herbert A. Simon (1962), 'The Architecture of Complexity', Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 106 (6), December, 467-82 -- Armen A. Alchian and Harold Demsetz (1972), 'Production, Information Costs, and Economic Organization', American Economic Review, LXII, December, 777-95 -- Benjamin Klein, Robert G. Crawford and Armen A. Alchian (1978), 'Vertical Integration, Appropriable Rents, and the Competitive Contracting Process', Journal of Law and Economics, XXI (2), October, 297-326 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Transaction-Cost Economics: The Governance of Contractual Relations', Journal of Law and Economics, XXII (2), October, 233-61 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1991), 'Comparative Economic Organization: The Analysis of Discrete Structural Alternatives', Administrative Science Quarterly, 36 (2), June, 269-96 -- David J. Teece (1982), 'Towards an Economic Theory of the Multiproduct Firm', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 3, March, 39-63 -- Benjamin Klein and Keith B. Leffler (1981), 'The Role of Market Forces in Assuring Contractual Performance', Journal of Political Economy, 89 (4), August, 615-41 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1983), 'Credible Commitments: Using Hostages to Support Exchange', American Economic Review, 73 (4), September, 519-40 -- Avner Greif (1993), 'Contract Enforceability and Economic Institutions in Early Trade: The Maghribi Traders' Coalition', American Economic Review, 83 (3), June, 525-48 -- Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutions Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- Sanford J. Grossman and Oliver D. Hart (1986), 'The Costs and Benefits of Ownership: A Theory of Vertical and Lateral Integration', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (4), August, 691-719.
    Abstract: Oliver Hart and John Moore (1990), 'Property Rights and the Nature of the Firm', Journal of Political Economy, 98 (6), December, 1119-58 -- Michael H. Riordan (1990), 'What Is Vertical Integration?', in Masahiko Aoki , Bo Gustafsson and Oliver E. Williamson (eds), The Firm as a Nexus of Treaties, Chapter 5, London: Sage Publications, 94-111 -- Jean Tirole (1988), 'The Theory of the Firm', in Jean Tirole (ed.), The Theory of Industrial Organization, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 15-60 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1985), 'The Limits of Firms: Incentive and Bureaucratic Features', Chapter 6 in Oliver E. Williamson (ed.), The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, New York: The Free Press, 131-62 and references -- Paul Milgrom and John Roberts (1990), 'Bargaining Costs, Influence Costs, and the Organization of Economic Activity', Chapter 3 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 57-89, notes 234-40 -- David M. Kreps (1990), 'Corporate Culture and Economic Theory', Chapter 4 in James E. Alt and Kenneth A. Shepsle (eds), Perspectives on Positive Political Economy, New York: Cambridge University Press, 90-143, notes 240-41 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Paul Milgrom (1991), 'Multitask Principal-Agent Analyses: Incentive Contracts, Asset Ownership, and Job Design', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7, Special Issue, 24-52 -- Masahiko Aoki (1990), 'Toward an Economic Model of the Japanese Firm', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVIII (1), March, 1-27 -- Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (1991), 'The New Institutional Economics: An Assessment', in Eirik G. Furubotn and Rudolf Richter (eds), The New Institutional Economics, College Station, TX: Texas A&M Press, 1-32 -- Ronald H. Coase (1991), 'The Institutional Structure of Production', Les Prix Nobel, Nobel Lecture, December 9, 193-202 -- Richard A. Posner (1993), 'The New Institutional Economics Meets Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 73-87 -- Ronald H. Coase (1993), 'Coase on Posner on Coase', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 96-8 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1993), 'Transaction Cost Economics Meets Posnerian Law and Economics', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 149 (1), March, 99-118 -- Benjamin Klein (1988), 'Vertical Integration as Organizational Ownership: The Fisher Body-General Motors Relationship Revisited', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (1), Spring, 199-213 -- Paul L. Joskow (1985), 'Vertical Integration and Long-term Contracts: The Case of Coal-burning Electric Generating Plants', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1 (1), Fall, 33-80 -- Kirk Monteverde and David J. Teece (1982), 'Supplier Switching Costs and Vertical Integration in the Automobile Industry', Bell Journal of Economics, 13 (1), Spring, 206-13 -- Scott E. Masten (1984), 'The Organization of Production: Evidence from the Aerospace Industry', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVII (2), October, 403-17 -- Erin Anderson and David C. Schmittlein (1984), 'Integration of the Sales Force: An Empirical Examination', Rand Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 385-95 -- George John and Barton A. Weitz (1988), 'Forward Integration into Distribution: An Empirical Test of Transaction Cost Analysis', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 4 (2), Fall, 337-55.
    Abstract: Scott E. Masten, James W. Meehan, Jr. and Edward A. Snyder (1991), 'The Costs of Organization', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 7 (1), Spring, 1-25 -- Thomas M. Palay (1984), 'Comparative Institutional Economics: The Governance of Rail Freight Contracting', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 265-87 -- Victor P. Goldberg and John R. Erickson (1987), 'Quantity and Price Adjustment in Long-Term Contracts: A Case Study of Petroleum Coke', Journal of Law and Economics, XXX (2), October, 369-98 -- Paul L. Joskow (1987), 'Contract Duration and Relationship-Specific Investments: Empirical Evidence from Coal Markets', American Economic Review, 77 (1), March, 168-85 -- J. Harold Mulherin (1986), 'Complexity in Long-term Contracts: An Analysis of Natural Gas Contractual Provisions', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 2 (1), Spring, 105-17 -- Scott E. Masten and Keith J. Crocker (1985), 'Efficient Adaptation in Long-Term Contracts: Take-or-Pay Provisions for Natural Gas', American Economic Review, 75 (5), December, 1083-93 -- Keith B. Leffler and Randal R. Rucker (1991), 'Transactions Costs and the Efficient Organization of Production: A Study of Timber-Harvesting Contracts', Journal of Political Economy, 99 (5), October, 1060-87 -- Keith J. Crocker and Scott E. Masten (1991), 'Pretia ex Machina? Prices and Process in Long-Term Contracts', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXIV (1), April, 69-99 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1976), 'Franchise Bidding for Natural Monopolies - In General and with Respect to CATV', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (1), Spring, 73-104 -- Victor P. Goldberg (1976), 'Regulation and Administered Contracts', Bell Journal of Economics, 7 (2), Autumn, 426-48 -- George L. Priest (1993), 'The Origins of Utility Regulation and the 'Theories of Regulation" Debate', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 2, April, 289-323 -- Brian Levy and Pablo T. Spiller, 'The Institutional Foundations of Regulatory Commitment: A Comparative Analysis of Telecommunications Regulation', now published in Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 10 (2), Fall, 1994, 201-46 -- Barry R. Weingast and William J. Marshall (1988), 'The Industrial Organization of Congress; or, Why Legislatures, Like Firms, Are Not Organized as Markets', Journal of Political Economy, 96 (1), 132-63 -- Rafael Gely and Pablo T. Spiller (1990), 'A Rational Choice Theory of Supreme Court Statutory Decisions with Applications to the State Farm and Grove City Cases', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 6 (2), Fall, 263-300 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1979), 'Assessing Vertical Market Restrictions: Antitrust Ramifications of the Transaction Cost Approach', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 127, April, 953-93 -- Roy W. Kenney and Benjamin Klein (1983), 'The Economics of Block Booking', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVI (3), October, 497-540 -- Scott E. Masten and Edward A. Snyder (1993), 'United States versus United Shoe Machinery Corporation: On the Merits', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI (1), Part 1, April, 33-70.
    Abstract: Transaction cost economics began to take shape about 25 years ago. Although 25 years is comparatively young in the analytical scheme of things, numerous applications have been made and more are in prospect. Volume I deals with theory and concepts and volume II deals with applications and policy. This is an important selection of key articles on transaction cost economics by distinguished scholars including Ronald Coase, Herbert Simon, Kenneth Arrow and Richard A. Posner. This research review addresses key areas such as private ordering and credibility, contracts and organization, internal organization, vertical integration and contracting
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 184
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784718534
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Emerging dynamics of sustainability in multinational enterprises
    DDC: 658/.049091724
    Keywords: International business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: MNES and managing sustainable business dynamics -- pt. II: Innovative strategic choices and sustainable development -- pt. III: Emerging nations and sustainable development.
    Abstract: Economic development that meets the needs of the global population without jeopardizing the capacity of future generations is a worldwide challenge for multinational enterprises (MNEs). They are expected to balance their role as global economic actors and environmental stewards in the environment in which they operate. Contributors from India, Europe and the United States offer new perspectives, contrasting US, European and emerging economies' approaches to sustainability, and how they can generate roadmaps which yield innovative solutions for one of the most contentious issues of our era. Their review suggests that the differential performance across developed and emerging economies has exposed potential weaknesses. Emerging Dynamics of Sustainability in Multinational Enterprises promotes greater emphasis on experimenting with unique local and sustainable approaches to solving problems faced by firms in, or from, emerging economies. This is a critical resource for researchers, practitioners and policy-makers concerned with sustainable development issues, and a fresh reference for graduate level students and academics focusing on corporate governance, sustainable development and ethics, as well as multinational enterprise management
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 185
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, U.K : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713492
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 414 p) , ill , cm
    Edition: 2nd edition
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Office politics Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Organizational behavior Handbooks, manuals, etc Political aspects ; Business and politics Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Political skill, political will, leadership and performance -- pt. Organizational politics and the social sphere -- pt. III. Between dark and bright : organizational politics in colors -- pt. IV. New frontiers : maturity, emotions and new methods.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Organizational Politics offers a broad perspective on the intriguing phenomena of power, influence and politics in the modern workplace; their meaning for individuals, groups and other organizational stakeholders; and their effect on organizational outcomes and performances. Comprising entirely of new chapters and insights, this second edition revisits the theory on organizational politics (OP) and examines its progress and changes in emphasis in recent years. This timely and informative book provides a comprehensive set of state-of-the-art studies on workplace politics based on experiences from around the world. The contributors highlight topics such as political skills, political will, politics and leadership, compensations, politics and performance, and politics and the learning climate. Students and scholars will benefit from the up-to-date collection of studies in the field of OP. This Handbook will also be of interest to practitioners and managers from public and private sectors looking for better explanations of internal processes in business
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 186
    ISBN: 9781784711405
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 656 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of measures for international entrepreneurship research
    DDC: 658.4/21072
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Maßzahl ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung ; Entrepreneurship Handbooks, manuals, etc ; International business enterprises Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Einflussgröße
    Abstract: 1. Introduction -- 2. Individual-level influences -- 3. Firm- and team-level influences -- 4. External environmental influences -- 5. Relationships, networks, and social capital -- 6. Organizational learning -- 7. Capabilities -- 8. Orientation and strategy -- 9. Performance and innovation outcomes.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Measures for International Entrepreneurship Research is a user-friendly collection of multi-item measures developed and used in the research of international entrepreneurship and important areas related to it: international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and innovation. Editors Nicole Coviello and Helena Yli-Renko carefully compiled 212 scales from over 820 possible measures using rigorous selection criteria. The scales fall into eight distinct categories: - Individual-level influences - firm and team-level influences - external environmental influences - Relationships, networks, and social capital - organizational learning - capabilities - orientation and strategy - performance and innovation outcomes for each scale, the book includes the following information to enable ease of use: summary, construct definition, description, source, development or adaptation procedures, sample, validity, scores, references, and scale items. This standout Handbook not only builds a compelling case for a more rigorous approach to research methods in international entrepreneurship research, but also explores the best practices in development, adaptation, use, and reporting of multi-item measures. Academic researchers in international entrepreneurship, international business, entrepreneurship, marketing, strategy, and/or innovation will find this reference tool a welcome addition to their survey research practices. Policy-makers conducting research in these areas will also appreciate this book
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 187
    ISBN: 9781785363153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Evolution of family business
    DDC: 338.6/1
    RVK:
    Keywords: Familienunternehmen ; Unternehmensgeschichte ; Lateinamerika ; Spanien ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: Comparative analysis -- pt. II: Large national markets and large family groups (Mexico, Brazil, Argentina) -- pt. III: Business families and politics in small and medium sized markets (Colombia, Costa Rica, Honduras) -- pt. IV: Business families between dictatorship And democracy (Spain, Peru, Chile): from narrow regulated markets to the global market.
    Abstract: Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book. Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 188
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784711153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (400 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on employee turnover
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor turnover ; Personnel management Methodology ; Employee turnover ; Organizational turnover ; Fluktuation
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Cary Cooper and George Saridakis -- 2. Employee turnover / Harald Dale-Olsen -- 3. Understanding and measuring employee turnover / Kevin Morrell -- 4. Two decades of employee retention, tenure and turnover / Peter Urwin and Emma Parry -- 5. Analysing, monitoring and costing labour turnover / Stephen Bevan -- 6. Employee turnover as a cost factor of organisations / Anne-Marie Mohammed, Yanqing Lai, Maria Daskalaki and George Saridakis -- 7. Inter- and intra-firm mobility of workers / Tor Eriksson -- 8. Perception of training and turnover intention / Choi Sang Long and Mikkay Wong El Leen -- 9. Compensation policy and employee turnover / Stephen Taylor -- 10. Turnover amongst Generation Y / Linda Holbeche -- 11. A role perspective on turnover intentions: examining behavioral predictors / Jui-Tang Kao and Wan-Jing April Chang -- 12. A diagnostic methodology for discovering the reasons for employee turnover using shocks and events / Justin Purl, Kathleen Hall and Rodger W. Griffeth -- 13. Quit turnover and the business cycle: a survey / Carlos Carrillo-Tudela and Melvyn Coles -- 14. Employment, turnover and career progress / Priscila Ferreira -- 15. Employee turnover and the expansion and contraction of employers / Mario Bossler and Richard Upward -- 16. High performance human resource practices and voluntary employee turnover / Inmaculada Beltrán Martín.
    Abstract: Covering the period of the financial crisis, this Research Handbook discusses the degree of importance of different driving forces on employee turnover. The discussions contribute to policy agendas on productivity, firm performance and economic growth. The contributors provide a selection of theoretical and empirical research papers that deal with aspects of employee turnover, as well as its effects on workers and firms within the current socio-economic environment. It draws on theories and evidence from economics, management, social sciences and other related disciplines. With its interdisciplinary approach, this book will appeal to a variety of students and academics in related fields. It will also be of interest to policy makers, HR experts, firm managers and other stakeholders
    Note: Contributors include: I. Beltrán Martín, S. Bevan, M. Bossler, C. Carrillo-Tudela, W.-J.A. Chang, M. Coles, H. Dale-Olsen, M. Daskalaki, T. Eriksson, P. Ferreira, R.W. Griffeth, K. Hall, L. Holbeche, J.-T. Kao, Y. Lai, C.S. Long, A.-M. Mohammed, K. Morrell, E. Parry, J. Purl, G. Saridakis, S. Taylor, R. Upward, P. Urwin, M. Wong El Leen , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 189
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783472338
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutional case studies on necessity entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04091724
    Keywords: Kleinstunternehmen ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsförderung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Gründungsfinanzierung ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Foreword / Alejandro Poiré -- Introduction / Jeremi B. Brewer -- Part I -- Government funded programs -- 1. Supporting the transition from unemployment to self-employment: a comparative analysis of governmental support programs across Europe / Melvin Haas and Peter Vogel -- 2. From unemployment to self-employment: government support programs in greece / Argyro Nikiforou -- 3. Pete Suazo Business Center / Gladys Gonzalez, Robert Heyn and Jessica Pino -- 4. Bharatiya yuva shakti trust / Raj K. Shankar -- Part II -- Private / Non-Governmental Programs -- 5. Hanhua guarantee / Lingzhi Zhang and Spencer Brown -- 6. Prospera: a case for microenterprise among necessity entrepreneurs / Macarena Hernández, Gabriela Enrigue and Justin Oldroyd -- 7. The academy for creating enterprise / Jeremi Brewer and Stephen W. Gibson -- Part III -- Promising high-impact programs -- 8. Entrepreneurship finance lab / Asim Khwaja, Bailey Klinger and Colin Casey -- 9. Building a scalable training solution for necessity entrepreneurs in the missing middle / Jeff Brownlow -- 10. SEBRAE: serviço brasileiro de apoio às micro e pequenas empresas / Jeff Roberts and Nathalia Myrrha -- 11. Self-reliance through self-employment: an approach by the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints / Geoffrey K. Davis and Andrew Maxfield -- 12. Microfranchising: a solution to necessity entrepreneurship / Philip Webb and Jason Fairbourne -- The next step -- Conclusion.
    Abstract: An estimated one billion individuals in both developed and developing nations can be defined as necessity entrepreneurs; individuals who have no other viable option for licit income than to start a small, income generating activity. However, the emphasis on providing business and leadership training to necessity entrepreneurs is only just gaining traction. This book provides the first-known global analysis dedicated exclusively to organizations from both the public and private sectors that are specifically involved with microenterprise education for necessity entrepreneurs. This companion volume to Necessity Entrepreneurs puts at the forefront the few organizations engaged in training necessity entrepreneurs - highlighting the efforts currently being made by policymakers, non-profit founders, and for-profit institutions individually (and independently) to try and find ways to educate and empower necessity entrepreneurs. The authors provide a pragmatic synopsis and evaluate the efficacy of institutions involved in training entrepreneurs in developing nations all over the world. Featuring case studies from Harvard, BYU, and the largest organizations around the globe, this important work will be a vital read not only for scholars and researchers, but policymakers and NGO officials
    Note: Contributors include: J. Brewer, S. Brown, J. Brownlow, C. Casey, G. Davis, J.S. Demple, G. Enrigue, J. Fairbourne, S.W. Gibson, G. Gonzalez, M. Haas, M. Hernandez, R. Heyn, B. Klinger, A. Khwaja, A. Maxfield, N. Myrrha, A. Nikiforou, J. Oldroyd, J. Pino, J. Roberts, R. Shankar, P. Vogel, P. Webb, L. Zhang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 190
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784714680
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als How to get published in the best management journals
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Management Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Periodicals Publishing ; Academic publishing ; Electronic books ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Timothy Clark, Mike Wright and David J. Ketchen, Jr. -- Part I The publishing process -- 2. The publishing process: a case study / Petra Andries and Mike Wright 3. Getting published: an editorial and journal ranker's perspective / Geoffrey Wood and Pawan Budhwar -- 4. Ethics and integrity in publishing / Ben R. Martin -- 5. Sustaining a publications career / Mike Wright -- 6. Why publish in Asia management journals? / Daphne W. Yiu 7. Squeezing lemons to make fresh lemonade: how to extract useful value from peer reviews / William H. Starbuck -- Part II resolving practical key issues becoming a scholar -- 8. Rules of the game / Denny Gioia -- 9. Learning by walking through the snow / R. Duane Ireland -- 10. Suggestions for strengthening the discussion section and increasing your odds of publication success / Donald D. Bergh -- 11. You miss 100% of the shots you don't take / Annette L. Ranft and Anne D. Smith -- 12. Why I don't want to co-author with you and what you can do about it / Dave Ketchen -- Getting your methods right -- 13. Are your results really robust? / Bruce T. Lamont -- 14. The reviewers don't like my sample! what can I do? / Brian K. Boyd -- 15. When being normal is not enough: a few thoughts about data, analyses and (the storm of) re-analyses / Philp L. Roth and Wayne H. Stewart Jr. -- Navigating the review process -- 16. Selling your soul to the devil? mistakes authors make when responding to reviewers / Pamela L. Perrewé -- 17. Respond to me - please! / James G. Combs -- 18. Challenging the gods: circumstances justifying the protest of a journal rejection decision / Gerald R. Ferris -- Understanding the journals -- 19. Publishing in the top journals: the secrets for success / Michael A. Hitt -- 20. Hitting your preferred target: positioning papers for different types of journals / Yehuda Baruch -- 21. Targeting journals: a personal journey / Franz W. Kellermanns -- 22. Read the damn article: the appropriate place of journal lists in organizational science scholarship / M. Ronald Buckley -- 23. Publishing in special issues / Timothy Clark -- 24. Using new media to promote and extend published work / Aija Leiponen and Will Mitchell -- 25. Should you publish in an open-access journal? / Charles C. Snow -- Part III publishing across disciplinary boundaries -- 26. Publishing in finance versus entrepreneurship/management journals / Douglas Cumming -- 27. Publishing in management journals: how is it different from economics journals / Saul Estrin and Sumon Kumar Bhaumik -- 28. Publishing in management journals as a social psychologist / Rolf van Dick -- 29. Publishing historical papers in management journals and in business history journals / Steven Toms -- 30. Publishing human resource management research in different kinds of journals / Bill Harley -- 31. Publishing in top international business and management journals / Stephen Tallman and Torben Pederson -- 32. Publishing at the interfaces of psychology and strategic management / Gerard P. Hodgkinson.
    Abstract: An increasing number of universities around the globe are rewarding faculty who place their work in top management journals. Drawing on the insights from top journal editors and leading scholars in the field, this book is a treasure trove of tips for publishing in the best management journals. The topics covered include the mysteries of the review process, getting your methodology right, publishing across disciplinary boundaries, the rise of open access journals, publishing ethics, making use of peer review, targeting special issues, sustaining a publications career, and making sense of journal rankings. Drawing on the considerable experience of its authors, and offering candid insights that are often held as secrets among senior faculty, this book takes the reader behind the scenes of the journal review process, making it a must-read for those seeking to advance their career
    Note: Contributors include: P. Andries, Y. Baruch, D.D. Bergh, S.K. Bhaumik, B.K. Boyd, M.R. Buckley, P. Budhwar, T. Clark, J.G. Combs, D. Cumming, S. Estrin, G.R. Ferris, D. Gioia, B. Harley, M.A. Hitt, G.P. Hodgkinson, R.D. Ireland, F.W. Kellermanns. D.J. Ketchen Jr., B.T. Lamont, A. Leiponen, B.R. Martin, W. Mitchell, T. Pederson, P.L. Perrewé, A.L. Ranft, P.L. Roth, A.D. Smith, C.C. Snow, W.H. Starbuck, W.H. Stewart Jr., S. Tallman, S. Toms, R. Van Dick, G. Wood, M. Wright, D.W. Yiu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 191
    ISBN: 9781784711184
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of qualitative research methods on human resource management
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Sozialforschung ; Qualitative Methode ; Personnel management Methodology ; Personnel management Research ; Methodology ; Qualitative research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Humanvermögen ; Personalentwicklung ; Forschungsmethode ; Qualitative Methode ; Personalpolitik
    Abstract: 1. Qualitative research in HRM: innovation over stagnation / Keith Townsend, Rebecca Loudoun and David Lewin -- Section I designing qualitative projects -- 2. The role of qualitative methods in mixed methods designs / Roslyn Cameron -- 3. Anchoring qualitative methods for longitudinal studies / Rebecca Loudoun and Keith Townsend -- 4. Autoethnography: a novel way to study HRM / Sally Sambrook -- Section II innovations in data sources -- 5. Using legal research methods in human resource management research / Richard Johnstone -- 6. The use of news media as a data source in HRM research: exploring society's perceptions / Sheryl Ramsay, Sara Branch and Jacqueline Ewart -- 7. Netnographical methods and the challenge of researching hidden and secretive employee social media practices / James Richards -- 8. Doing historical research in human resource management: with some reflections on an academic career / Peter Ackers -- 9. Thinking about philosophical methods in human resources / Kerrie L. Unsworth and Matthew T. Hardin -- Section III innovations in data collection methods -- 10. An experiment with 'the miracle question': an innovative data collection technique in HR research / Keith Townsend -- 11. Using photo-elicitation to understand experiences of work-life balance / Catherine Cassell, Fatima Malik and Laura Radcliffe -- 12. Using qualitative repertory grid interviews to gather shared perspectives in a sequential mixed methods research design / Céline Rojon, Mark N.K. Saunders and Almuth Mcdowall -- 13. Free verbal associations - measuring what people think about employee participation / Werner Nienhueser -- 14. Using qualitative diaries to uncover the complexities of daily experiences / Laura S. Radcliffe -- 15. Autoethnographic vignettes in HRM / Mark Learmonth and Michael Humphreys -- Section IV innovative data analysis -- 16. Computer supported qualitative research / Julie Cogin and Ju Li Ng -- 17. Cross-cultural HRM research: the potential of causal cognitive mapping / Gail Clarkson -- 18. Deriving behavioural role descriptions from the perspectives of job- holders: an illustrative example / Richard Winter.
    Abstract: Human resource management as a field of research is a broad church, with a wide variety of research methods in use. This Handbook focuses on qualitative research methods and explores the opportunities and challenges of new technologies for innovating data collection and data analysis. The editors have brought together 18 chapters, written by some of the world's leading researchers in their field. They begin with the importance of good project design and then move on to reflect on innovations and developments in data sources, such as netnographical methods, legal research methods, the use of news media, and historical research. They go on to outline innovations in data collection methods with particular pertinence to key HRM topics. Finally, the contributors explore innovative data analysis, looking at the importance of computer-supported qualitative research, causal cognitive mapping and deriving behavioural role descriptions from the perspectives of job-holders. This Handbook is an invaluable tool for students, researchers and academics in the field of human resource management
    Note: Contributors include: P. Ackers, S. Branch, R. Cameron, C. Cassell, G. Clarkson, J. Cogin, J. Ewart, M.T. Hardin, M. Humphreys, R. Johnstone, M. Learmonth, D. Lewin, R. Loudoun, F. Malik, A. McDowall, J.L. Ng, W. Nienhüeser, L.S. Radcliffe, S. Ramsay, J. Richards, C. Rojon, S. Sambrook, M.N.K. Saunders, K. Townsend, K.L. Unsworth, R. Winter , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 192
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717766
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Information society ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Digital transformations: an introduction / F. Xavier Olleros and Majlinda Zhegu -- Part I sectoral analyses -- 1. How online learning will transform legal education / David I. C. Thomson -- 2. The digital future of the oldest information profession / Ray Worthy Campbell -- 3. Medicine in the age of smart machines: legal liability challenges / Fazal Khan -- 4. Digital health technologies and digital data: new ways of monitoring, measuring and commodifying human bodies / Deborah Lupton -- 5. The digital disruption of banking and payment services / David Arnold and Paul Jeffery -- 6. Collaboration, participation, and transparency: the promise of digitizing academic research / Sascha Friesike and Benedikt Fecher -- 7. University libraries in the digital era / Kyle K. Courtney and Emily Kilcer -- 8. Online dating platforms: a tool for social science research / Andreas Schmitz and Doreen Zillmann -- 9. Atoms matter: the role of local 'makerspaces' in the coming digital economy / Joel West and Anne Greul -- 10. Smart cities, social capital and citizens at play: a critique and a way forward / Marcus Foth, Andrew Hudson-Smith and Dean Gifford -- Part II transversal topics -- 11. Blockchain technology: principles and applications / Marc Pilkington -- 12. 3d printing and intellectual property / Lucas Osborn -- 13. Big data and the future for privacy / Neil M. Richards and Jonathan H. King -- 14. Crowdwork, corporate social responsibility and fair labor practices / Miriam A. Cherry and Winifred R. Poster -- 15. Crowdfunding: principles, trends and issues / Stéphane Onnée and Sophie Renault -- 16. The gamification of education and business: a critical analysis and future research prospects / Amy Duvernet, Alberto Asquer and Inna Krachkovskaya -- 17. The impact of digital technologies on innovation policy / Kenji E. Kushida -- 18. Innovation policy for cloud-computing contracts / John M. Newman -- 19. Competition policy in a world of big data / Simonetta Vezzoso -- 20. A continuum of internet-based crime: how the effectiveness of cybersecurity policies varies across cybercrime types / Eric Jardine.
    Abstract: The digital transition of the world economy is now entering a phase of broad and deep societal impact. While there is one overall transition, there are many different sectoral transformations, from health and legal services to tax reports and taxi rides, as well as a rising number of transversal trends and policy issues, from widespread precarious employment and privacy concerns to market monopoly and cybercrime. This Research Handbook offers a rich and interdisciplinary synthesis of some of the recent research on the digital transformations currently under way. This comprehensive study contains chapters covering sectoral and transversal analyses, all of which are specially commissioned and include cutting-edge research. The contributions featured are global, spanning four continents and seven different countries, as well as interdisciplinary, including experts in economics, sociology, law, finance, urban planning and innovation management. The digital transformations discussed are fertile ground for researchers, as established laws and regulations, organizational structures, business models, value networks and workflow routines are contested and displaced by newer alternatives. This book will be equally pertinent to three constituencies: academic researchers and graduate students, practitioners in various industrial and service sectors and policy makers
    Note: Contributors include: D. Arnold, A. Asquer, R.W. Campbell, M.A. Cherry, K.K. Courtney, A. DuVernet, M. Foth, S. Friesike, D. Gifford, A. Hudson-Smith, E. Jardine, P. Jeffrey, F. Khan, J.H. King, I. Krachkovskaya, K.E. Kushida, D. Lupton, J.M. Newman, F.X. Ollero, S. Onnée, L. Osborn, M. Pilkington, W. Poster, S. Renault, N. Richards, A. Schmitz, D.I.C. Thomson, S. Vezzoso, J.L. West, M. Zhegu, D. Zillmann , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 193
    ISBN: 9781783479382
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Community development ; Cultural pluralism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Co-creation and the city -- Part I: the planners' view -- 2. The planning process -- 3. The 'cultural turn' in urban design -- Part II: the view from the action nets -- 4. The organizer's view: exploring emergent project action nets -- 5. The insider-participant view: common dualities on urban design and program organization -- 6. The public view: analysis of the narratives in the local press -- 7. Building a milieu for city marketing and branding -- The vignette collection -- Part III: the achievement -- 8. Comparisons with other European capitals of culture -- 9. Co-creating cities: future challenges.
    Abstract: Over the past three decades, the European Capital of Culture has grown into one of the most ambitious cultural programs in the world. Through the promotion of cultural diversity across the continent, the program fosters mutual understanding and intercultural dialogue among citizens, thereby increasing their sense of belonging to a community. This insightful book outlines potential avenues through which culture and creativity can raise the imaginative capability of citizens and harness opportunities tied to what the book calls 'culture-driven growth'. Building on three years of observations, interviews and research the authors argue that a 'strategy-as-practice' perspective can reveal how strategy making is enabled or constrained by organizational and social practices. The authors reveal how the 'sweet-spot' of city regeneration occurs where urban and cultural planning are aligned. They then evaluate the practice of 'co-creation' within organizing bodies and investigate the extent to which its success depends on a fusion of top-down rules and bottom-up action. Urban Strategies for Culture-Driven Growth will appeal to international scholars and students in organization studies, geography, city governance and planning, urban design and urban and regional development. Policymakers and planners will also find it to be a valuable resource
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 194
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783471720
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks in venture capital
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on business angels
    RVK:
    Keywords: Business Angels ; Risikokapital ; Welt ; Angels (Investors) ; Electronic books ; Finanzierung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Business Angel
    Abstract: 1. Business angels as a research field / Hans Landström and Colin Mason -- 2. Researching business angels: definitional and data challenges / Colin Mason -- 3. The economic significance of business angels: towards comparable indicators / Sofia Avdeitchikova and Hans Landström -- 4. Categorisations of business angels: an overview / Roger Sørheim and Tiago Botelho -- 5. Women business angels: theory and practice / Frances M. Amatucci -- 6. Investment decision making by business angels / Andrew Maxwell -- 7. Business angels as smart investors: a systematic review of the evidence / Diamanto Politis -- 8. Angel-entrepreneur relationships: demytisfying their conflicts / Veroniek Collewaert -- 9. Business angels in China: characteristics, policies and international comparison / Jiani Wang, Yi Tan and Manhong Liu -- 10. Business angels in emerging economies: Southeast Asia / William Scheela -- 11. Business angels in Sub-saharan Africa / David Lingelbach -- 12. Business angels in developing economies: the experience of Latin America / Gianni Romani and Miguel Atienza -- 13. The effectiveness of tax incentives for business angels / Cécile Carpentier and Jean-Marc Suret -- 14. Business angel networks: a review and assessment of their value to entrepreneurship / Tom Lahti and Henrik Keinonen -- 15. Crowdinvesting - angel investing for the masses? / Lars Hornuf and Armin Schwienbacher.
    Abstract: Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes. Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions
    Note: Contributors include: F.M. Amatucci, M. Atienza, S. Avdeitchikova, T. Botelho, C. Carpentier, V. Collewaert, L. Hornuf, H. Keinonen, T. Lahti, H. Landström, D. Lingelbach, M. Liu, C. Mason, A. Maxwell, D. Politis, G. Romani, W. Scheela, A. Schwienbacher, J.-M. Suret, R. Sørheim, Y. Tan, J. Wang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 195
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784711740
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    DDC: 658.314
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mitarbeiterbindung ; Verhalten in Organisationen ; Personalführung ; Nationalkultur ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Employee loyalty ; Electronic books ; Mitarbeiter ; Unternehmen ; Soziale Bindung ; Mitarbeiter ; Organisationshandeln ; Commitment ; Führung
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Employee commitment: an introduction and roadmap / J.P. Meyer -- Part I Conceptualization of commitment -- 2. Commitment as a unidimensional construct / H.J. Klein and H. Park -- 3. Commitment as a multi-dimensional construct / N.J. Allen -- 4. Multiple foci of workplace commitments / T.E. Becker -- Part II related constructs -- 5. A motivational model of employee attachment to an organization / M. Gagné and J. Howard -- 6. Organizational commitment and employee engagement: 10 key questions / S.L. Albrecht and O.J. Dineen -- 7. Job embeddedness, employee commitment and related constructs / B.C. Holtom -- 8. Organizational identification / R. van Dick -- 9. Psychological contracts / S.D. Hansen and Y. Griep -- Part III foci of commitment -- 10. Occupational commitment / J.P. Meyer and J.A. Espinoza -- 11. Social commitments / C. Vandenberghe -- 12. The rise, decline, resurrection, and growth of union commitment research / P. Horsman, D.G. Gallaghar and E.K. Kelloway -- 13. Action commitments / J.P. Meyer and B.K. Anderson -- Part IV consequences of commitment -- 14. Employee turnover and absenteeism / I.R. Gellatly and L.M. Hedberg -- 15. Employee commitment and performance / D.J. Stanley and J.P. Meyer -- 16. Counterproductive work behavior / B. Marcus -- 17. Employee commitment and well-being / A.C. Chris, E.R. Maltin and J.P. Meyer -- 18. Affective consequences of workplace commitments / H.J. Klein and C.T. Brinsfield -- Part V drivers of commitment -- 19. Individual differences as causes of the development of commitment / M.E. Bergman and V.A. Jean -- 20. Person-environment fits as drivers of commitment / A.E.M. van Vianen, M.R.W. Hamstra and J. Koen -- 21. Strategic human resource management and organizational commitment / K. Jiang -- 22. Organizational leadership and employee commitment / M. Trivisonno and J. Barling -- 23. Employee empowerment and organizational commitment / H.K. Laschinger, E. Read and Z. Junhong -- 24. Perceived organizational support / F. Stinglhamber, G. Caesens, L. Clark and R. Eisenberger -- 25. Organizational justice and employee commitment: a review of contemporary research / D.R. Bobocel and F. Mu -- Part VI commitment across cultures -- 26. Understanding commitment across cultures / S.A. Wasti -- 27. Commitment in Europe / J. Felfe and J. Wombacher -- 28. Employee commitment in China / A. Newman and D. Wang -- 29. An examination of the social-institutional, cultural, and organizational antecedents of commitment in India / V.L. Dhir, N.L. Bremner and S. Datta -- 30. Commitment in the Middle East / A. Cohen -- 31. Organizational commitment: a Latin American soap opera / L.M. Arciniega -- Part VII methodological issues -- 32. A contemporary update on testing for measurement equivalence and invariance / R.J. Vandenberg and N.A. Morelli -- 33. Tracking change in commitment over time: the latent growth modeling approach / K. Bentein -- 34. Capturing the process of committing: design requirements for a temporal measurement instrument / W. van Olffen, O.N. Solinger and R.A. Roe -- 35. Person-centered research strategies in commitment research / A.J.S. Morin -- Part VIII conclusion -- 36. Employee commitment: a back and moving forward / J.P. Meyer.
    Abstract: A high level of employee commitment holds particular value for organizations owing to its impact on organizational effectiveness and employee well-being. This Handbook provides an up-to-date review of theory and research pertaining to employee commitment in the workplace, outlining its value for both employers and employees and identifying key factors in its development, maintenance or decline. Including chapters from leading theorists and researchers from around the world, this Handbook presents cumulated and cutting-edge research exploring what commitment is, the different forms it can take, and how it is distinct from related concepts such as employee engagement, work motivation, embeddedness, the psychological contract, and organizational identification. Examining topics such as high-commitment work systems, work attitudes and motivation, the Handbook provides integration with related literatures. Internationally applicable, sections also discuss the implications of culture differences for commitment and present the latest developments in research methods and analytic techniques that can be used to advance our understanding of commitment. Comprehensive and engaging, the Handbook of Employee Commitment is essential reading for commitment scholars and researchers interested in the latest developments in the field as well as for international scholars who will benefit from its guidance on how to approach research in unique cultures. It will also prove of prime interest to managers and management consultants with its wealth of suggestions to guide evidence-based practice
    Note: Contributors include: S.L. Albrecht, N.J. Allen, B.K. Anderson, L.M. Arciniega, J. Barling, T.E. Becker, K. Bentein, M.E. Bergman, D.R. Bobocel, N.L. Bremner, C.T. Brinsfield, G. Caisens, A.C. Chris, L. Clark, A. Cohen, S. Datta, V.L. Dhir, O.J. Dineen, R. Eisenberger, J.A. Espinoza, J. Felfe, M. Gagné, D.G. Gallagher, I.R. Gellatly, Y. Griep, S.D. Hansen, L.M. Hedberg, M.R.W. Hamstra, B.C. Holtom, P. Horsman, J. Howard, V.A. Jean, K. Jiang, Z. Junhong, E.K. Kelloway, H.J. Klein, J. Koen, E.R. Maltin, B. Marcus, J.P. Meyer, N.A. Morelli, A.J.S. Morin, F. Mu, A. Newman, H. Park, E. Read, R.A. Roe, O.N. Solinger, H. Spence Laschinger, D.J. Stanley, F. Stinglhamber, M. Trivisonno, R. Van Dick, W. Van Olffen, A.E.M. Van Vianen, R.J. Vandenberg, C. Vandenberghe, D. Wang, S.A. Wasti, J. Wombacher , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 196
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710880
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Rural tourism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Marketing rural tourism: experience and enterprise -- 2. Re-imagining rurality -- 3. The politics of place marketing -- 4. Rural firms -- 5. Tourists in rural settings -- 6. Rural residents and tourism -- 7. Evaluating the future.
    Abstract: Rural tourism marketing is a subject that remains significantly under-researched. Gunjan Saxena seeks to encourage a fuller understanding of rural tourism marketing by uncovering the lived experiences and enterprise of different actor groups as they respond to the impact of tourism on their communities and cultural identities. Marketing Rural Tourism presents actor narratives to reveal nuances inherent in their practices and perceptions as they develop, support or oppose tourism in their locality. By focusing on actors' experience and enterprise involved in the ongoing production, consumption and marketing of rural landscapes for tourism, this book enables an insight into varied storylines that underlie the processes of place-making. Academics in the area of marketing and tourism, as well as development studies, will appreciate the contribution this book will make to the wider marketing discourse that circulates about rural destinations. The book will also be a valuable resource to undergraduate students looking to incorporate fresh conceptual insights into their projects, as well as postgraduate students looking to apply newer approaches to conceptualising tourism or place marketing
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 197
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365423
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als McQuarrie, Edward F. Visual branding
    DDC: 658.8/27
    Keywords: Markenführung ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I: historical perspectives on brand advertising -- 2. Overview: visual branding in historical perspective -- Part II: brand marks -- 3. A typology of brand marks -- 4. How and why brand marks vary across product categories -- 5. Rhetorical evolution of brand marks -- Part III: visual elements -- 6. Typeface in visual branding -- 7. Spokes-characters -- 8. Color -- 9. Using pictures to brand -- Epilogue: conceptual puzzles.
    Abstract: Visual Branding pulls together analyses of logos, typeface, color, and spokes-characters to give a comprehensive account of the visual devices used in branding and advertising. The book places each avenue for visual branding within a rhetorical framework that explains what that device can accomplish for the brand. It lays out the available possibilities for constructing logos and distinguishes basic types along with examples of their use and evolution over time. Authors Edward McQuarrie and Barbara Phillips place visual branding within its historical context, covering the 120-year period since brand advertising first took modern form in the United States. Using copious real-life examples to illustrate how branding has evolved with the introduction of new technologies and opportunities, the book also critiques purely psychological perspectives on branding and explains how historical and rhetorical analyses can contribute new insights. This exploration of rhetoric as an alternative to economic and psychological perspectives in marketing, advertising, and consumer scholarship will be essential reading for students and scholars in graduate programs in marketing, advertising, and consumer psychology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 198
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785360831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Income distribution ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings may be found on Edward Elgar's website; they are too numerous to include here.
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 199
    ISBN: 9781785363481
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvi, 396 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: ADBI series on Asian economic integration and cooperation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Connecting Asia
    DDC: 337.1/54
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Regionale Wirtschaftsintegration ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Grenzüberschreitender Verkehr ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Infrastrukturinvestition ; CGE-Modell ; Südasien ; Südostasien ; South Asia Economic integration ; Southeast Asia Economic integration ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Südasien ; Südostasien ; Integration ; Südasien ; Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Internationaler Verkehr ; Regionale Wirtschaftskooperation ; Südostasien
    Abstract: pt. I. Hard infrastructure and financing -- pt. II. Soft infrastructure and impacts -- pt. III. National strategies for connectivity.
    Abstract: This book analyses how closer regional connectivity and economic integration between South Asia and Southeast Asia can benefit both regions. With a focus on the role played by infrastructure and public policies in facilitating this process, it provides a detailed and up-to-date discussion of issues, innovations, and progress. Country studies of national connectivity issues and policies cover Bangladesh, India, Myanmar, Nepal, Sri Lanka, and Thailand, examining major developments in trade and investment, economic cooperation, the role of economic corridors, and regional cooperation initiatives. Thematic chapters explore investment in land and sea transport infrastructure, trade facilitation, infrastructure investment financing, supporting national and regional policies, and model-based estimates of the benefits of integration. They also identify significant opportunities for strengthening these integration efforts as a result of the recent opening up of Myanmar in political, economic, and financial terms. For the first time for these regions, the book employs a state-of-the-art computable general equilibrium (CGE) model incorporating heterogeneous firms to estimate the advantages of integration. Providing perspective on the latest thinking on integration policy, Connecting Asia is an essential resource for academics, policymakers, and business people alike
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 200
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784711542
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hsu, Sara Economic reform in Asia
    DDC: 338.95
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsreform ; Entwicklung ; Vergleich ; China ; Indien ; Japan ; Economic development ; Economic development ; Economic development ; Electronic books ; Japan ; China ; Indien ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Vergleich
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to development in China, India and Japan -- 2. Development theory -- 3. An Asian leader : Japan's development trajectory -- 4. The waking giant : China's development trajectory -- 5. Gradual growth : India's development trajectory -- 6. Poverty and inequality in China, India and Japan -- 7. urbanization and migration -- 8. Demographics, education, health and labor -- 9. The impact of development on the environment -- 10. Trade in China, India and Japan -- 11. Economic future of China, India and Japan.
    Abstract: Economic Reform in Asia c ...
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...